Oil Control 样本

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 260

RE 00171/02.

07
Load Holding - Motion Control
Bosch Rexroth Oil Control
Oil Control S.p.A. Including flow / pressure controls and
Via Leonardo da Vinci, 5
p.o. box n.15
I - 41015 Nonantola (MO)
special valve modules
Tel. +39 059 887 611
Fax +39 059 547 848
sales@oilcontrol.com
www.oilcontrol.com The Drive & Control Company

Including flow / pressure controls and special valve modules


Load Holding - Motion Control

Printed in Italy 02.07


RE 00171/02.07
Table of contents Page

General 1...22
00

Pilot operated check valves 23...48


01

Counterbalance valves 49...94


02

Counterbalance valves with regenerative function 95...106


03

Valves for motor


107...120
Dual cross over relief 04

Valves for motor


121...132
Single counterbalance with brake release port 05

Valves for motor


133...144
Dual counterbalance with brake release port 06

Valves for motor


145...160
Motion control 07

Check and metering valves 161...176


08

Flow regulators 177...216


09

Auxiliary valves
217...220
Sleeve type 10

Auxiliary valves
221...226
Pressure reducing 11

Auxiliary valves
227...238
Sequence 12

Auxiliary valves
239...242
Shuttle 13

Special valves 243...254


14

Technical data 255...257


15
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Publisher Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a.


Via Leonardo da Vinci, 5
p.o. box n.15
I - 41015 Nonantola (MO)

Phone +39 059 887 611


Fax +39 059 547 848

eMail sales@oilcontrol.com
Internet www.oilcontrol.com

Catalogue No. RE 00171/02.07

Reprints and traslation, in whole or in part,


only with the publisher’s consent.

Subject to revision.
QUALITY SYSTEM APPROVAL

INTRODUCTION
Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a wide range of valve modules with body for different
applications. This catalogue shows a few of the most significant valves, grouped by application
typology in different chapters, each one with a specific technical introduction.
For applications non included in this catalogue, please consult Bosch Rexroth Oil Control .

PRODUCT DATA
Valves with steel manifold: manifolds are manufactered from high quality steel and are externally
coated by zinc plating strengthened with yellow passivation. They are reccomended for heavy duty
applications where the maximum rated pressure is frequently achieved.

Valves with aluminium manifold: manifolds are manufactured from high strength wrought
aluminium, and can be black anodized upon request. They can be employed where the maximum
rated pressure (which is indicated for each valve type) is not frequently reached, or for regular
operation at lower pressure.

Cartridges and other internal or external parts: they are manufactured with top quality steel
processed with the most advanced machinery, which combines high production capacity with full
and precise control of dimensions.
Heat treatments of steel components, with particular care for poppets and seats, are performed by
automatic and highly computerized equipment specifically developed for these production cycles.
All external steel parts are protected by zinc plating strengthened by yellow passivation.

Ports: G sizes (BSPP) from G 1/4 to G 1 1/4 are standard; SAE sizes (straight thread, with
O-Ring), JIS or metric ports can be manufactured upon request.

Seals:
• O-Rings: are made with acrylonitrile/butadiene, commonly called BUNA-N (or NBR, according
to ASTM), standard for temperatures between -30°C and +100°C (-22°F and +212°F). Viton
seals are recommended for higher temperatures.
• Back-Up Rings and Slide Rings: reinforced poly-tetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), or BUNA-N
(NBR) as well.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


1
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

ORDERS
BROC distributes its valves through its sales network in compliance with the delivery terms shown in the specific
documents. Customer orders must be transmitted to the Vendor in written form (via fax, telecommunication, or electronic
means) and must contain the following information:
a) date and place of issue of the order;
b) exact name of the Customer company and its complete shipping and billing addresses;
c) a reference to the offer made by the Vendor company with the relevant agreed prices (if such an offer exists);
d) valid Vendor’s part numbers and description/specification of all the products to which the order refers;
e) the required quantities;
f) the quality requirements with which the Vendor must comply;
g) the signature of an authorized representative;
h) the required delivery date;
i) terms of payment;
j) shipping agent
For Customers supplied by BROC directly, the orders are officially as accepted when the relevant order confirmation, duly
signed by BROC, arrives at the Customer; or, if such a document is not forthcoming, orders will be considered confirmed
by the Vendor, at the terms requested, if they are not explicitly refused in writing within 10 working days from the order
date.
NOTE: except if otherwise agreed with the Customer, BROC can introduce technical modifications to the product
specifications without notice; in any event, BROC undertakes to execute customer orders/contracts which are already
confirmed without applying any modifications to the product and/or anyway guaranteeing product interchange.

PRODUCT QUALITY AND COMPLIANCE TO THE SPECIFICATIONS


All BROC valves are subject to the necessary checks/tests in various production phases in order to guarantee compliance
with the specifications and settings shown in the catalogues, drawings, and/or technical datasheets; moreover, BROC’s
production process complies with the Quality System specifications defined by UNI EN ISO 9001, certified by an Official
Institute. The Customer may make visits to and to carry out Quality AUDITS at the Vendor’s plant, provided that a specific
appointment is agreed.
Due to the wide range of variants and operating conditions of the equipment manufactured by the Customers, BROC
does not assume any liability for the results of tests performed by third parties. The Customer is therefore responsible
for the final choice of the valve and for the adoption of all the measures required to achieve the functional and safety
specifications of the system in which the valve is to be installed, in addition to the compliance with any specific regulation
or standard applicable to the system in question.
In the event of product non compliance due to Vendor’s mistake, in addition to the warranty coverage here
described, the Customer can demand the Vendor to perform the necessary corrective actions in order to promptly
improve its quality level.

APPLICATION LIMITATIONS
The Customer is expressly prohibited from using the products sold by the Vendor for purposes other than those specified
in the offer, catalogues, or technical documentation.
Specifically, BROC ‘s Dealers or Agents are not authorised to approve the use of BROC valves for the following
applications:
- any passenger or goods carrying road vehicle or equipment subject to Highway Safety Standards and Directives, such
as (without limitation) steering, or brake systems;
- aircraft or space vehicles;
- ordnance equipment;
- medical and health products, including life support equipment or vehicles;
- systems to be used under any Nuclear Regulatory Act or Regulation;
- systems for use in explosive or otherwise hazardous environments.
If the Customer intends to use the valves supplied for any applications falling into one or more of the above categories
or other similar categories, or for any applications other than those expressly described in the documentation, or in case
of doubts concerning the application, he must require prior specific authorisation directly from BROC and proceed only
after such authorisation has been issued in writing.
Any damage suffered by the Customer or third parties arising from failure to comply with the above mentioned terms
and limitations, or due to non compliance to BROC’s instructions/specifications shown in the catalogue pages or in the
technical drawings, will be borne entirely by the Customer himself.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


2
CUSTOMER’S OBLIGATIONS TO PREVENT DAMAGES WITHIN HIS OWN PRODUCTION PROCESS
If the valves are employed in a production process which could cause substantial damage to the Customer or to third
parties in case of assembly line stopping as consequence of defects or lack of availability of valves, the Customer has
the responsibility to maintain a safety stock in order to promptly replace the defective or missing parts; the Customer
undertakes to engineer the production cycle so that the replacements can be carried out easily.
In any event, BROC will be responsible for the repair or replacement of any part or valve found to be defective due to its
own manufacturing causes.
WARRANTY
BROC warrants the original purchaser of its valves that the products are free from defects in material and workmanship,
when handled, installed and operated under normal conditions, in accordance with BROC and Industry recommended
practises, for a period of 36 months from the first installation, provided that the installation date is within 6 months from
the manufacturing date marked on the valve itself.
Seals and O-Rings are expressly excluded from the warranty.
This warranty is applicable only to the original purchaser of the valves, and is not transferable.
This warranty will not apply to products that have been subject to conditions of contamination in the customer’s hydraulic
circuit, or to products which have been incorrectly handled, fitted, used or modified/disassembled without the Vendor’s
supervision or authorisation.
In the event that the Customer believes that the valves or parts of valves supplied are defective for causes attributable to
the Vendor, the Customer shall notify the alleged defects by sending a detailed written report, thereby allowing the Vendor
to understand and verify the nature of the claimed defects, also through its authorised technical personnel.
Once the defect has been analysed and after determination that the defect is attributable to the Vendor’s fault, BROC will
repair or replace the valve within a reasonable time and/or inform the Customer of the cause of such defect.
The BROC warranty policy does not provide for refund or credit for the defective material; specifically BROC shall not
be held responsible under any circumstances for loss of profit, costs of disassembly and reassembly of the product, nor
for any damages connected with such operation, nor for any cost related to the fitting of the repaired or replaced valves,
including losses of earnings related to machine being temporarily out of service.
If the valve supplied is to be fitted in assembly plants potentially capable of causing damages to third parties of magnitude
significantly greater than the cost of the valve itself, it is the Customer’s responsibility to adopt all the possible safety
measures in order to avoid any such damages; in fact, the production of valves at competitive market prices cannot
ensure the total absence of defects, in spite of BROC’s continuous concern to provide top quality products. Should
the Customer face the need of a Recall Campaign in which an BROC valve is involved, BROC’s involvement shall be
discussed and agreed between BROC and the Customer prior to the start of any action. Should the Customer face a
problem connected with an BROC valve and potentially capable to raise a “Product Liability” case, the Customer shall
immediately notify the Vendor who will participate to the joint analysis of the problem, together with the Customer.
NOTE: any warranty condition or obligation different from this policy can be effective only if specifically agreed and
undersigned by both Parties: Customer and Vendor.
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
BROC guarantees to the Customer its availability to perform free of charge a joint analysis of any defect reported by end
users, also when such analysis is to be carried out at the Customer’s site, provided that the timing is reciprocally agreed.
However, if the malfunction is found to be not due to BROC’s responsibility, the Vendor will issue a debit note to the
Customer for the cost of the services rendered. When the Customer requires the assistance of BROC’s engineers on
its sites, he shall make a written request to this effect (which can be transmitted also by e-mail or fax).
STATEMENT
The valves described in this catalogue can be employed in systems or machines falling under the specifications of the
EEC European Directive 98/37/CE (Machine Directive) and later amendments. The valves shall not be operated, adjusted
or disassembled before the complete machines are verified to be in compliance with the requirements of the above
mentioned Directive.
APPLICABLE LAW
For all matters that are here omitted, any delivery performed by BROC directly will be subject to the applicable provisions
of the Italian law.
If the Customer’s address is in a Foreign Country, any case of dispute, also of “International nature”, which should arise
from these sales conditions shall be subject to the provisions of the Italian Law, with the sole competence of the Court
of Modena – Italy.
ATTENTION
Limited to the valves and related products here included, this catalogue cancels and supersedes any prior issue.
All rights are reserved. It is specifically forbidden to reproduce partially or totally the present catalogue.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


3
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PART NUMBER INDEX

Code Description Page Code Description Page

04311700YZ VU-MF 220 054524XYZ VBSO-SE-FA-RD-30 128

04370200YZ VU-FF 219 054570XYZ VBSO-SE-FA-30 125

04460300YZ VF-MF 179 054571XYZ VBSO-SE-FA-30 126

051601XYZ VSDI-80 113 054981XYZ VBSO-SE-FA-33 127

051603XYZ VSDI-30 109 055201X03Z VSO-SE 26

051605XYZ VSDI-VA-80 114 055201X04Z VSO-SE 27

051615XYZ VSDI-VA-80-FM 115 055202XYZ VSO-SE-FC1 29

051617XYZ VSDI-30-FM 111 055211X02Z VSO-SE-DL 31

051629XYZ VSDI-VA-80-2S-FM 117 055211X03Z VSO-SE-DL 32

051633XYZ VSDI-30-FM 110 055211X09Z VSO-SE-DL 30

051648XYZ VSDI-VA-30-FM 112 055224XYZ VSO-SE-PS 35

052106XYZ VSQ-10 229 055226XYZ VSO-SE-DL-SX 36

052107XYZ VSQ-30 230 055227XYZ VSO-SE-DL-DX 37

052111XYZ VSQ-CC-30 234 055239XYZ VSO-SE-DL-FCV 33

052115XYZ VSQP-150 231 05525358XYZ VSO-SE-DL-FCV-SX 38

0521160003Z VSQ-30-LM 233 05525459XYZ VSO-SE-DL-FCV-DX 39

05211700YZ VSQ-CC-LM 237 055279XYZ VSO-SE 25

05211900YZ VSQ-CC-LM 236 055286XYZ VSO-SE-FC1 28

052406XYZ VSQP-CC-150 235 055301X03Z VSO-DE 41

053501XYZ VBSO-SE-FA-RD-90 129 055301X04Z VSO-DE 42

054101XYZ VBSO-SE 66 055302XYZ VSO-DE-FC2 44

054106XYZ VBSO-SE-CC 74 055303X02Z VSO-DE-L 46

054201XYZ VBSO-DE 86 055303X03Z VSO-DE-L 47

054205XYZ VBSO-DE-CC 91 055303X09Z VSO-DE-L 45

054206XYZ VBSO-DE-FC2 87 055343XYZ VSO-DE 40

054247XYZ VBSO-DE-NN 80 055344XYZ VSO-DE-FC2 43

054248XYZ VBSO-DE-NN-FC2 81 057144X02Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-50 149

054413XYZ VBSO-DE-CR-33 101 057144X04Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-150 150

054431XYZ VBSO-DE-CCAP-33-FC2 93 057144X05Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-250 151

054432XYZ VBSO-DE-33 88 057145X02Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-50 152

054433XYZ VBSO-DE-33-FC2 89 057145X04Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-150 153

054458XYZ VBSO-DE-CR-78 99 057145X05Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-250 154

054481XYZ VBSO-DE-CR-EE-33 103 057146X02Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-50 155

054483XYZ VBSO-DE-CR-30 100 057146X04Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-150 156

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


4
PART NUMBER INDEX

Code Description Page Code Description Page

057146X05Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-250 157 084430XYZ A-VBSO-DE-30-FC1 83

057147X02Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-50 158 084460XYZ A-VBSO-DE-SAF 85

057147X04Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-150 159 084494XYZ A-VBSO-DE-CCAP-33 92

057147X05Z VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-250 160 084516XYZ A-VBSO-SE-30-PL 62

059006XYZ VEP-VSP2 248 084517XYZ A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL 71

059014X29Z VDA-N-F6 249 084518XYZ A-VBSO-SE-30-PL-FC1 63

059014X43Z VDA-N-F10 250 084519XYZ A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL-FC1 72

059019XYZ VRP-R-VU 224 084520XYZ A-VBSO-SE-30-PL-FC2 64

059027XYZ VRP-R 223 084521XYZ A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL-FC2 73

059033XYZ VRPC-150 225 084538XYZ A-VBSO-SE-FA-42 130

059304X05Z BM-N 247 084539XYZ A-VBSO-SE-FA-42 131

059304XYZ BM-N 246 084585XYZ A-VBSO-SE-33-PL 67

059803XYZ VEM 245 084586XYZ A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL 75

05990500Y VFC 241 084587XYZ A-VBSO-SE-33-PL-FC1 68

060208052 VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 136 084588XYZ A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL-FC1 76

060208061 VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 141 084592XYZ A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL-FC2 77

060301013-023 VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 138 084594XYZ A-VBSO-SE-33-PL-FC2 69

060301014-017 VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 140 084611XYZ A-VBSO-DE-78 78

060301018-064 VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 139 084632XYZ A-VBSN-DE-VF-20A-FM 143

060301019-059 VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 137 084633XYZ A-VBSN-DE-VF-20A-FM 144

07062051 VBSO-DE-CR-EA-33 102 084635XYZ A-VBSN-DE-VF-12A-FM 142

07062764 VCRE-VDA 252 084636XYZ A-VBSO-DE-78-FC2 79

07067030 A-VBSO-CR-EA-42 105 084772XYZ A-VBSO-SE-30-SAF 65

07067399 A-VBSO-CR-EA-42 104 084783XYZ A-VBC-90-FC 171

083520XYZ A-VBSO-SE-78 57 084784XYZ A-VBC-33-FC 173

083769XYZ A-VBSO-SE-LA-33 123 084785X64Z A-VBC-42-FC 176

083770XYZ A-VBSO-SE-LA-42 124 084785X72Z A-VBC-42-FC 174

084101XYZ A-VBSO-SE-30 60 084785X73Z A-VBC-42-FC 175

084102XYZ A-VBSO-SE-30-FC1 61 084796XYZ A-VBC-90-SX 168

084396XYZ A-VBSO-SE-CC-30 70 084797XYZ A-VBC-90-DX 167

084404XYZ A-VBSO-DE-CC-30 90 084924XYZ A-VBC-33-DX 169

084407XYZ A-VBSO-DE-30 82 084925XYZ A-VBC-33-SX 170

084410XYZ A-VBSO-DE-VF-30 135 084926XYZ A-VBC-33-FC 172

084411XYZ A-VBSO-DE-30-FC2 84 084929XYZ A-VBC-78-DX 165

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


5
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PART NUMBER INDEX

Code Description Page Code Description Page

084930XYZ A-VBC-78-SX 166 0MC203X05 A-VRFC3 190

084968XYZ A-VBSO-SE-78-PL-FC2 59 0MC203XY A-VRFC3 189

084985XYZ A-VBSO-SE-78-PL 58 0MD203XY A-VRFC3C 199

085291XYZ A-VSO-SE-LB 34 0ME1039004Z A-DRF 215

085357XYZ A-VSO-DE-LB 48 0ME1039005Z A-DRF 216

08640500Y A-VSL-R 253 0ME1219002Z A-DRF 213

088111XYZ A-VAA-CC-150 118 0ME1219003Z A-DRF 214

088116XYZ A-VAA-CC-42-FM 119 0TS1010002ZW VSQ-20-LM 232

088118XYZ A-VAA-CC-80-2S-FM 116

08906603Y VDA-F10 251

0M220350Y VRFC2-L 182

0M2203X97 VRFC2 180

0M2203XY VRFC2 181

0M2403XY VRFC2-VU 184

0M320350Y VRFC3-L 188

0M3203X05 VRFC3 187

0M3203X97 VRFC3 185

0M3203XY VRFC3 186

0M330350Y VRFC3-VS 194

0M3303XY VRFC3-VS 193

0M3603XY VRFC3-VS-VEI 195

0M3803X04 VRFC3-VS-BPE 197

0M3803XY VRFC3-VS-BPE 196

0M3903X04 VRFC3-VU 192

0M3903XY A-VRFC3-VU 191

0M420350Y VRFC3C 200

0M4203XY VRFC3C 198

0M431280YZ A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 205/208

0M432080YZ A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 201/204

0M51039002Z DRF 209

0M51039003Z DRF 210

0M51039004Z DRF 211

0M51039005Z DRF 212

0MB203XY A-VRFC2 183

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


6
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Q max P max
PILOT OPERATED CHECK Standard configuration
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
Ports size Page

VSO-SE 30 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/8 25

VSO-SE 50 (13) 210 (3000) G 1/2 26

VSO-SE 100 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/4 27

VSO-SE-FC1 30 (8) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 28

VSO-SE-FC1 50 (13) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 29

VSO-SE-DL 20 (5) 210 (3000) G 1/4 30

VSO-SE-DL 20 (5) 210 (3000) G 3/8 31

VSO-SE-DL 50 (13) 210 (3000) G 1/2 32

VSO-SE-DL-FCV 30 (8) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 33

A-VSO-SE-LB 20 (5) 350 (5000) G 1/4 34

Q max P max
Vented pilot piston Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSO-SE-PS 30 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/8 35

Q max P max
Manual shut-off Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSO-SE-DL-SX up to 60 (16) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 36

VSO-SE-DL-DX up to 60 (16) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 37

VSO-SE-DL-FCV-SX 30 (8) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 38

VSO-SE-DL-FCV-DX 30 (8) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 39

Q max P max
Dual, standard configuration Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSO-DE 30 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/8 40

VSO-DE 50 (13) 210 (3000) G 1/2 41

VSO-DE 100 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/4 42

VSO-DE-FC2 30 (8) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 43

VSO-DE-FC2 50 (13) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 44

VSO-DE-L 20 (5) 210 (3000) G 1/4 45

VSO-DE-L 50 (13) 210 (3000) G 3/8 46

VSO-DE-L 50 (13) 210 (3000) G 1/2 47

A-VSO-DE-LB 20 (5) 350 (5000) G 1/4 48

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


7
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Q max P max
COUNTERBALANCE Single, standard configuration
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
Ports size Page

A-VBSO-SE-78 40 (11) 350 (5000) G 1/4 57

A-VBSO-SE-78-PL 40 (11) 350 (5000) G 1/4 58

A-VBSO-SE-78-PL-FC2 40 (11) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 59


G 1/4 - G 3/8
A-VBSO-SE-30 60 (16) 350 (5000) 60
G 1/2
A-VBSO-SE-30-FC1 40 (11) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 61

A-VBSO-SE-30-PL 60 (16) 350 (5000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 62

A-VBSO-SE-30-PL-FC1 60 (16) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 63

A-VBSO-SE-30-PL-FC2 60 (16) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 64

A-VBSO-SE-30-SAF 80 (21) 350 (5000) G 1/2 65

VBSO-SE up to 140 (37) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 66

A-VBSO-SE-33-PL 150 (40) 350 (5000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 67

A-VBSO-SE-33-PL-FC1 150 (40) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 68

A-VBSO-SE-33-PL-FC2 150 (40) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 69

Q max P max
Single, relief compensated Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30 60 (16) 350 (5000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 70

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL 60 (16) 350 (5000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 71

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL-FC1 60 (16) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 72

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL-FC2 60 (16) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 73

VBSO-SE-CC up to 140 (37) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 74

Q max P max
Single, vented Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL 150 (40) 350 (5000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 75

A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL-FC1 150 (40) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 76

A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL-FC2 150 (40) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 77

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


8
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Q max P max
COUNTERBALANCE Dual, standard configuration
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
Ports size Page

A-VBSO-DE-78 40 (11) 350 (5000) G 1/4 78

A-VBSO-DE-78-FC2 40 (11) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 79

VBSO-DE-NN 40 (11) 210 (3000) G 3/8 80

VBSO-DE-NN-FC2 40 (11) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 81

A-VBSO-DE-30 60 (16) 350 (5000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 82

A-VBSO-DE-30-FC1 60 (16) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 83

A-VBSO-DE-30-FC2 60 (16) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 84

A-VBSO-DE-SAF 80 (21) 350 (5000) G 1/2 85

VBSO-DE 140 (37) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 86

VBSO-DE-FC2 120 (32) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 87

VBSO-DE-33 150 (40) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 88

VBSO-DE-33-FC2 150 (40) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 89

Q max P max
Dual, relief compensated Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBSO-DE-CC-30 60 (16) 350 (5000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 90

VBSO-DE-CC up to 140 (37) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 91

Q max P max
Dual, vented Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBSO-DE-CCAP-33 150 (40) 350 (5000) G 3/4 92

VBSO-DE-CCAP-33-FC2 150 (40) 210 (3000) FLANGEABLE 93

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


9
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES Dual counterbalance, Q max P max


Ports size Page
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION standard configuration l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VBSO-DE-CR-78 40 (11) 210 (3000) G 3/8 99

VBSO-DE-CR-30 60 (16) 210 (3000) G 1/2 100

VBSO-DE-CR-33 100 (26) 210 (3000) G 1/2 101

Dual counterbalance, Q max P max


Ports size Page
pressure sensitive l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VBSO-DE-CR-EA-33 100 (26) 210 (3000) G 1/2 102

Dual counterbalance, Q max P max


Ports size Page
solenoid controlled l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VBSO-DE-CR-EE-33 100 (26) 210 (3000) G 3/4 103

Dual counterbalance, Q max P max


Ports size Page
pressure controlled l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBSO-CR-EA-42 220 (58) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 104

A-VBSO-CR-EA-42 400 (106) 350 (5000) FLANGEABLE 105

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


10
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Valves for Motors Q max P max


Direct acting Ports size Page
DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSDI-30 30 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 109


on SAUER-DANFOSS
VSDI-30-FM 30 (8) 210 (3000) OMP-OMR series 110
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VSDI-30-FM 30 (8) 210 (3000) OMS series 111

VSDI-80 80 (21) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 113

Direct acting with Q max P max


Ports size Page
anti-cavitation check valves l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VSDI-VA-30-FM 30 (8) 210 (3000) OMS series 112

VSDI-VA-80 80 (21) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 114


on REXROTH motors
VSDI-VA-80-FM 80 (21) 210 (3000) A2FE-28-32 series 115

Direct acting, Q max P max


pilot controlled setting with Ports size Page
anti-cavitation check valves l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
on REXROTH motors
A-VAA-CC-80-2S-FM 80 (21) 350 (5000) A2FE-28-32 series 116
on REXROTH motors
VSDI-VA-80-2S-FM 80 (21) 210 (3000) A2FE-28-32 series 117

Pilot operated with Q max P max


Ports size Page
anti-cavitation check valves l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VAA-CC-150 150 (40) 350 (5000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 - G 1 118


on REXROTH motors
A-VAA-CC-42-FM 200 (53) 350 (5000) A2FE-45-56-63 series 119

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


11
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Valves for Motors


Q max P max
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE In-line Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

A-VBSO-SE-LA-33 150 (40) 350 (5000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 123

A-VBSO-SE-LA-42 350 (93) 350 (5000) G 3/4 - G 1 124

Q max P max
Flangeable to motor Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-SE-FA-30 60 (16) 210 (3000) OMP-OMR
125
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-SE-FA-30 60 (16) 210 (3000) OMS
126
on REXROTH motors
VBSO-SE-FA-33 170 (45) 210 (3000) A2FE-45-56-63 series 127

Q max P max
Flangeable to motor Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-SE-FA-RD-30 60 (16) 210 (3000) OMP-OMR
128
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-SE-FA-RD-90 90 (24) 210 (3000) OMS - OMSW - OMSS
129

Q max P max
Flangeable to motor Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBSO-SE-FA-42 350 (93) 350 (5000) SAE 6000 130

A-VBSO-SE-FA-42 550 (145) 350 (5000) SAE 6000 131

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


12
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Valves for Motors Standard configuaration Q max P max


Ports size Page
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE with brake release port l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBSO-DE-VF-30 60 (16) 350 (5000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 135


on REXROTH motors
VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 60 (16) 210 (3000) A2FE-28-32 series 136
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 60 (16) 210 (3000) OMP-OMR series 137
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 60 (16) 210 (3000) OMS series 138

With brake release port Q max P max


Ports size Page
and dual cross over relief l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 60 (16) 210 (3000) OMP-OMR series 139
on SAUER-DANFOSS
VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 60 (16) 210 (3000) OMS series 140

With pressure reducer Q max P max


Ports size Page
for brake release l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
on REXROTH motors
VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 60 (16) 210 (3000) A2FE-28-32 series 141
on REXROTH motors
A-VBSN-DE-VF-12A-FM 120 (32) 350 (5000) A2FE-45-56-63 series 142
on REXROTH motors
A-VBSN-DE-VF-20A-FM 320 (85) 350 (5000) A2FE-80-90 series 143
on REXROTH motors
A-VBSN-DE-VF-20A-FM 320 (85) 350 (5000) A2FE-107-125 series 144

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


13
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Valves for Motors Q max P max


Standard configuration Ports size Page
MOTION CONTROL l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VAA-B-SICN-ST-50 40 (11) 210 (3000) G 3/8 149

VAA-B-SICN-ST-150 120 (32) 210 (3000) G 3/4 150

VAA-B-SICN-ST-250 200 (53) 210 (3000) G1 151

Q max P max
With brake release port Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-50 40 (11) 210 (3000) G 3/8 152

VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-150 120 (32) 210 (3000) G 3/4 153

VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-250 200 (53) 210 (3000) G1 154

Q max P max
Dual setting Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-50 40 (11) 210 (3000) G 3/8 155

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-150 120 (32) 210 (3000) G 3/4 156

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-250 200 (53) 210 (3000) G1 157

Dual setting Q max P max


Ports size Page
with brake release port l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-50 40 (11) 210 (3000) G 3/8 158

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-150 120 (32) 210 (3000) G 3/4 159

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-250 200 (53) 210 (3000) G1 160

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


14
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Q max P max
CHECK AND METERING VALVES In-line Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBC-78-DX 40 (11) 420 (6000) G 3/8 165

A-VBC-78-SX 40 (11) 420 (6000) G 3/8 166

A-VBC-90-DX 100 (53) 420 (6000) G 1/2 167

A-VBC-90-SX 100 (53) 420 (6000) G 1/2 168

A-VBC-33-DX 150 (40) 420 (6000) G 3/4 169

A-VBC-33-SX 150 (40) 420 (6000) G 3/4 170

Q max P max
Flangeable Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VBC-90-FC 120 (32) 420 (6000) SAE 6000 171

A-VBC-33-FC 150 (40) 420 (6000) SAE 6000 172

A-VBC-33-FC 250 (66) 420 (6000) SAE 6000 173

A-VBC-42-FC 350 (93) 420 (6000) SAE 6000 174

A-VBC-42-FC 400 (106) 420 (6000) SAE 6000 175

A-VBC-42-FC 500 (132) 420 (6000) SAE 6000 176

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


15
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Q max P max
FLOW REGULATORS One-way restrictor Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VF-MF 10 (3) 350 (5000) G 1/4 179

Q max P max
2-Way, pressure compensated Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VRFC2 20 (5) 210 (3000) G 3/8 180


G 3/8 - G 1/2
VRFC2 up to 190 (50) 210 (3000) 181
G 3/4 - G 1
G 3/8 - G 1/2
VRFC2-L up to 90 (24) 210 (3000) 182
G 3/4
G 3/8 - G 1/2
A-VRFC2 up to 190 (50) 350 (5000) 183
G 3/4 - G 1

2-Way, pressure compensated Q max P max


with check valve Ports size Page
for free reverse flow l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
G 3/8 - G 1/2
VRFC2-VU up to 190 (50) 210 (3000) 184
G 3/4 - G 1

Q max P max
3-Way, pressure compensated regulated Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VRFC3 25 (7) 210 (3000) G 3/8 185

VRFC3 up to 90 (24) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 186


G 3/4
VRFC3 190 (50) 210 (3000) G1 187
G 3/8 - G 1/2
VRFC3-L up to 90 (24) 210 (3000) 188
G 3/4
A-VRFC3 up to 90 (24) 350 (5000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 189

A-VRFC3 190 (50) 350 (5000) G1 190

3-Way, pressure compensated Q max P max


with check valve regulated Ports size Page
for free reverse flow l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VRFC3-VU up to 55 (15) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 191

VRFC3-VU 90 (24) 210 (3000) G 3/4 192

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


16
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Q max P max
3-Way, pressure compensated
FLOW REGULATORS regulated Ports size Page
with relief bar (psi)
l/min (gpm)
G 3/8 - G 1/2
VRFC3-VS up to 190 (50) 210 (3000) 193
G 3/4 - G 1
G 3/8 - G 1/2
VRFC3-VS up to 90 (24) 210 (3000) 194
G 3/4

3-Way, pressure compensated Q max P max


with relief and regulated Ports size Page
solenoid control l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
G 1/2 - G 3/4
VRFC3-VS-VEI up to 190 (50) 210 (3000) 195
G1

3-Way, pressure compensated Q max P max


with relief and Ports size Page
solenoid by-pass l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VRFC3-VS-BPE up to 55 (15) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 196

VRFC3-VS-BPE up to 90 (24) 210 (3000) G 3/4 197

3-Way, combination type, Q priority P max


max Ports size Page
pressure compensated l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VRFC3C up to 190 (50) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 198


G 3/4 - G 1
G 3/8 - G 1/2
VRFC3C up to 90 (24) 210 (3000) 200
G 3/4
A-VRFC3C up to 190 (50) 350 (5000) G 3/4 - G 1 199

3-Way heavy duty flow control,


with pressure compensated Q priority P max
max Ports size Page
and solenoid controlled l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
priority flow
G 1/2 - G 3/4
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS up to 300 (80) 350 (5000) 201/204
G 1 - G 1-1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


17
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

5-Way heavy duty flow control, Q priority


with pressure compensated P max
FLOW REGULATORS max Ports size Page
and solenoid controlled priority l/min bar (psi)
(gpm)
flow, for two pumps systems
G 1/2 - G 3/4
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS up to 390 (103) 350 (5000) 205/208
G1

Q max P max
Flow dividers, combiners Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

DRF up to 38 (10) 210 (3000) G 3/8 209

DRF up to 38 (10) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - 3/8 210

DRF up to 150 (40) 210 (3000) G 3/4 - 1/2 211

DRF up to 150 (40) 210 (3000) G 1 - 3/4 212

A-DRF up to 16 (4) 350 (5000) G 3/8 213

A-DRF up to 50 (13) 350 (5000) G 1/2 - G 3/8 214

A-DRF up to 95 (25) 350 (5000) G 3/4 - G 1/2 215

A-DRF up to 150 (40) 350 (5000) G 1 - G 3/4 216

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


18
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Auxiliary valves Q max P max


Ports size Page
SLEEVE TYPE CHECK l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2
VU-FF up to 350 (93) 350 (5000) G 219
3/4 - G 1 - G 1-1/4
G 1/2 - G 3/4
VU-MF up to 350 (93) 350 (5000) 220
G 1 - G 1-1/4

Auxiliary valves Pressure reducing and relieving Q max P max


Ports size Page
PRESSURE REDUCING Direct acting spool type l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VRP-R 20 (5) 210 (3000) G 3/8 223

Pressure reducing and relieving


Q max P max
Direct acting spool type, Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)
with free flow check
VRP-R-VU 20 (5) 210 (3000) G 3/8 224

Pressure reducing Q max P max


Ports size Page
Pilot operated spool type l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VRPC-150 120 (32) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 225

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


19
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Auxiliary valves Q max P max


Direct acting poppet type Ports size Page
SEQUENCE l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSQ-10 10 (3) 210 (3000) G 1/4 229

VSQ-30 30 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 230

VSQ-20-LM 50 (13) 350 (5000) G 3/8 232

VSQ-30-LM 80 (21) 350 (5000) G 1/2 233

Direct acting poppet type, Q max P max


Ports size Page
compensated l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSQ-CC-30 30 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/8 - G 1/2 234

VSQ-CC-LM 60 (16) 350 (5000) G 3/8 236

VSQ-CC-LM 100 (27) 350 (5000) G 1/2 237

Q max P max
Pilot operated spool type Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSQP-150 150 (40) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 231

Pilot operated spool type, Q max P max


Ports size Page
compensated l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VSQP-CC-150 150 (40) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 235

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


20
PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Auxiliary valves Q max P max


Ports size Page
SHUTTLE l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VFC 50 (13) 210 (3000) G 1/4 241

Q max P max
SPECIAL VALVES Automatic shut-off Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VEM 15 (4) 210 (3000) G 1/4 245

Q max P max
Pilot operated unloading Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

BM-N 200 (53) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 246

BM-N 250 (66) 210 (3000) G1 247

Q max P max
Pump unloading Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VEP-VSP2 30 (8) 210 (3000) G 3/4 248

Pump flow P max


Automatic directional Ports size Page
l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VDA-N-F6 30 (8) 210 (3000) CETOP 3 (F6) 249

VDA-N-F10 80 (21) 210 (3000) CETOP 5 (F10) 250

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


21
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Auxiliary valves Q max P max


Automatic directional Ports size Page
SPECIAL l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VDA-F10 80 (21) 210 (3000) CETOP 5 (F10) 251

Automatic directional, Q max P max


Ports size Page
regenerative function l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

VCRE-VDA 80 (21) 210 (3000) G 1/2 - G 3/4 252

Purge valve for Q max P max


Ports size Page
hydrostatic trasmission l/min (gpm) bar (psi)

A-VSL-R 90 (24) 350 (5000) G1 253

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


22
Pilot operated check valves

23
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVES

They are non-modulating valves which allow free flow through the check valve into the actuator (V2 to C2) and then block
the reverse flow until they feel a pilot pressure directly proportional to the load in the pilot line, so that the pilot piston can
push the check poppet off its seat. They can lock loads in a leak free mode and they are well suited for many clamping
applications or to prevent a negative load from falling down in case of hose failure. They should be fitted as close as
possible to the actuator, either flange mounted or connected through metallic pipe.
Their ON/OFF operation makes them suitable for holding applications, but unsuitable to control the motion of overrunning
loads that would cause a loss of pilot pressure: without pilot pressure the check valve closes and does not open until
adequate pilot pressure is restored again, generating hunting motion.
Pilot operated check valves should never be used with paired cylinders: pilot pressure would open first the valve with
less load, transferring the complete load to the other valve, with substantial pressure increase and possible cylinder
failure.

VSO-SE VSO-DE

Pilot operated check valve modules are available in SINGLE ACTING and DOUBLE ACTING version: in both cases,
one of their basic parameters is the

Pilot Ratio “R”, defined as Pilot piston area / Check valve seat area.

When a pilot operated check controls the cylinder annular chamber it must always have a Pilot Ratio “R” significantly
higher than the cylinder internal ratio “φ”, where “φ” = Cylinder full bore area / Cylinder annular area. In this case, the
pilot pressure, intensified by the cylinder ratio “φ”, is additive to the annular side load pressure and the opening of the
check valve requires considerable higher force.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


24
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE 05.52.79 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.68 kg (1.5 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) Pilot ratio: 7:1
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts to
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition. The version with O-Ring and heavier spring is generally
recommended.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
97 G 3/8
X=00 00 1 (15) 03.51.01.317

X=10 01 4.5 (65) 03.51.01.318

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


25
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE 05.52.01 - X - 03 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.72 kg (1.6 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts to generally recommended.
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition.

O-RING ON
X PILOT PISTON PILOT RATIO

00 No O-Ring 3.2:1

10 With O-Ring 3.2:1

25 With O-Ring 6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
03 G 1/2
X=00 00 1 (15) 03.51.01.029

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=25 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


26
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE 05.52.01 - X - 04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (26 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.85 kg (4.1 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) Pilot ratio: 4:1
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts to
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition. The version with O-Ring and heavier spring is generally
recommended.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
04 G 3/4
X=00 00 1.5 (22) 03.51.01.008

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.154

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


27
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE-FC1 05.52.86 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.68 kg (1.5 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) Pilot ratio: 7:1
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts
to push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining
and hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition. The version with O-Ring and heavier spring is generally
For better safety and compact assembly, the C2 port is flanged (gasket mounted) directly recommended.
on the actuator.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1 C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8 Ø 6 (0.24)
X=00 00 1 (15) 03.51.01.317

X=10 01 4.5 (65) 03.51.01.318

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


28
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE-FC1 05.52.02 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.72 kg (1.6 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts generally recommended.
to push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining
and hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition.
For better safety and compact assembly, the C2 port is flanged (gasket mounted) directly
on the actuator.

O-RING ON
X PILOT PISTON PILOT RATIO

00 No O-Ring 3.2 : 1

10 With O-Ring 3.2 : 1

25 With O-Ring 6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1 C2
bar (psi) code
03 G 1/2 Ø 7 (0.28)
X=00 00 1 (15) 03.51.01.029

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=25 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


29
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE-DL 05.52.11 - X - 09 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.39 kg (0.9 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts to generally recommended.
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition.

O-RING ON
X PILOT RATIO
PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring 4:1

10 With O-Ring 4:1

37 With O-Ring 9:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
09 G 1/4
X=00 00 2 (29) 03.51.01.024

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.051

X=37 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.051

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


30
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE-DL 05.52.11 - X - 02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.47 kg (1.0 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) Pilot ratio: 4:1
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts to
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition. The version with O-Ring and heavier spring is generally
recommended.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8
X=00 00 2 (29) 03.51.01.024

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.051

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


31
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE-DL 05.52.11 - X - 03 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.49 kg (1.1 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts to generally recommended.
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition.

O-RING ON
X PILOT RATIO
PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring 3.2 : 1

10 With O-Ring 3.2 : 1

25 With O-Ring 6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
03 G 1/2
X=00 00 1 (15) 03.51.01.029

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=25 00 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


32
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

VSO-SE-DL-FCV 05.52.39 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.7 kg (1.5 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked) Pilot ratio: 4.6 : 1
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 the pilot piston acts to
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition. For Installation torque: 70 - 80 Nm (52 - 59 ft-lb)
compact assembly, the C2 port is banjo bolted directly onto the actuator port.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8
00 1 (15) 03.51.01.107

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


33
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE

A-VSO-SE-LB 08.52.91 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 0.35 kg (0.8 lbs)

Pilot ratio: 4:1

Flow is allowed to pass from A to A1 when pressure at A rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked)
from A1 to A; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at B-B1 the pilot piston acts to
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from A1 to A. Precision machining and
hardening processes allow virtually leak-free performance in the checked condition.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure A-B-A1-B1
bar (psi)
09 G 1/4
00 3 (44)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


34
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE,
VENTED PILOT PISTON

VSO-SE-PS 05.52.24 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs)

Pilot ratio: 10 : 1
Flow is allowed to pass from V2 to C2 when pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias
pressure and the poppet is pushed from its seat. The valve is normally closed (checked)
from C2 to V2; when sufficient pilot pressure is present at Pil the pilot piston acts to Whenever possible, it is recommended to remove
push the poppet from its seat and flow is allowed from C2 to V2. The pilot piston is vented the air bleed plug and to connect the port (G 1/8)
and the pilot pressure required to push the poppet from its seat is independent from any to tank.
back-pressure at V2 port.
The version with heavier spring is generally
recommended.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V2-C2 PIL
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8 G 1/4
00 2 (29) 03.51.01.024

01 8 (116) 03.51.01.051

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


35
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE,


MANUAL SHUT-OFF

VSO-SE-DL-SX 05.52.26 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: see performance graph

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

A tap, manually controlled by the operator, allows inlet flow from V2 to pass through the
check valve to C2: as a result, the motion of the actuator (typically the extension and
positioning of an outrigger) happens under the operator’s direct sight. The valve is normally
closed (checked) and virtually leak-free from C2 to V2 in order to prevent reverse motion.
Flow outlet from C2 to V2 and reverse motion (i.e. outrigger retraction or lifting up) is
possible with manual tap open and if sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 so that
the pilot piston may push the poppet from its seat.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8
Y=02 1.6 (23) 03.51.01.107 03 G 1/2
00
Y=03 0.6 (9) 03.51.01.107

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


36
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE,
MANUAL SHUT-OFF

VSO-SE-DL-DX 05.52.27 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: see performance graph

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

A tap, manually controlled by the operator, allows inlet flow from V2 to pass through the
check valve to C2: as a result, the motion of the actuator (typically the extension and
positioning of an outrigger) happens under the operator’s direct sight. The valve is normally
closed (checked) and virtually leak-free from C2 to V2 in order to prevent reverse motion.
Flow outlet from C2 to V2 and reverse motion (i.e. outrigger retraction or lifting up) is
possible with manual tap open and if sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 so that
the pilot piston may push the poppet from its seat.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8
Y=02 1.6 (23) 03.51.01.107 03 G 1/2
00
Y=03 0.6 (9) 03.51.01.107

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


37
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE,


MANUAL SHUT-OFF

VSO-SE-DL-FCV-SX 05.52 - K - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.6 kg (1.3 lbs)


A tap, manually controlled by the operator, allows inlet flow from V2 to pass through the
check valve to C2: as a result, the motion of the actuator (typically the extension and Pilot ratio: 5.4 : 1
positioning of an outrigger) happens under the operator’s direct sight. The valve is normally
closed (checked) and virtually leak-free from C2 to V2 in order to prevent reverse motion.
Flow outlet from C2 to V2 and reverse motion (i.e. outrigger retraction or lifting up) is Installation torque: 50 - 55 Nm (37 - 41 ft-lb)
possible with manual tap open and if sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 so that
the pilot piston may push the poppet from its seat. For compact assembly, the C2 port is
banjo bolted directly onto the actuator port.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8
K=58 1.6 (23) 03.51.01.107
00
K=53 32 (464) 03.51.01.309

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


38
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, SINGLE,
MANUAL SHUT-OFF

VSO-SE-DL-FCV-DX 05.52 - K - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.6 kg (1.3 lbs)


A tap, manually controlled by the operator, allows inlet flow from V2 to pass through the
check valve to C2: as a result, the motion of the actuator (typically the extension and Pilot ratio: 5.4 : 1
positioning of an outrigger) happens under the operator’s direct sight. The valve is normally
closed (checked) and virtually leak-free from C2 to V2 in order to prevent reverse motion.
Flow outlet from C2 to V2 and reverse motion (i.e. outrigger retraction or lifting up) is Installation torque: 50 - 55 Nm (37 - 41 ft-lb)
possible with manual tap open and if sufficient pilot pressure is present at V1-C1 so that
the pilot piston may push the poppet from its seat. For compact assembly, the C2 port is
banjo bolted directly onto the actuator port.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8
K=59 1.6 (23) 03.51.01.107
00
K=54 32 (464) 03.51.01.309

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


39
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE 05.53.43 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.9 kg (2 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and Pilot ratio: 7:1
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the pilot
piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure. The version with O-Ring and heavier spring is gene-
rally recommended.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
97 G 3/8
X=00 00 1 (15) 03.51.01.317

X=10 01 4.5 (65) 03.51.01.318

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


40
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE 05.53.01 - X - 03 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 lbs)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.06 kg (2.3 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient generally recommended.
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the
pilot piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure.

O-RING ON
X PILOT PISTON PILOT RATIO

00 No O-Ring 3.2 : 1

10 With O-Ring 3.2 : 1

25 With O-Ring 6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
03 G 1/2
00 1 (15) 03.51.01.029
X=00
01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=25 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


41
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE 05.53.01 - X - 04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (26 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for ope-
rating pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending
from the fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in
doubt, consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.55 kg (5.6 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient Pilot ratio: 4 : 1
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the pilot
piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure. The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are ge-
nerally recommended.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
04 G 3/4
00 1.5 (22) 03.51.01.008
X=00
01 8 (116) 03.51.01.154

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.154

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


42
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE-FC2 05.53.44 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.9 kg (2 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and Pilot ratio: 7:1
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the
pilot piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure. For better The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
safety and compact assembly, C1 and C2 ports are flanged (gasket mounted) directly on generally recommended.
the actuator.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

10 With O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2 C1-C2
bar (psi) code
02 G 3/8 Ø 6 (0.24)
00 1 (15) 03.51.01.317
X=00
01 4.5 (65) 03.51.01.318

X=10 01 4.5 (65) 03.51.01.318

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


43
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE-FC2 05.53.02 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.06 kg (2.3 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient generally recommended.
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the
pilot piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure. For better
safety and compact assembly, C1 and C2 ports are flanged (gasket mounted) directly on
the actuator.

O-RING ON
X PILOT PISTON PILOT RATIO

00 No O-Ring 3.2 : 1

10 With O-Ring 3.2 : 1

25 With O-Ring 6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2 C1-C2
bar (psi) code
03 G 1/2 Ø 10 (0.39)
00 1 (15) 03.51.01.029
X=00
01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=25 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


44
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE-L 05.53.03 - X - 09 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.7 kg (1.5 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient generally recommended.
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the
pilot piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure.

O-RING ON
X PILOT PISTON PILOT RATIO

00 No O-Ring 4:1

10 With O-Ring 4:1

37 No O-Ring 9:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
G 1/4
00 3 (44) 03.51.01.024
X=00
01 8 (116) 03.51.01.051

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.051

00 3 (44) 03.51.01.024
X=37
01 8 (116) 03.51.01.051

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


45
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE-L 05.53.03 - X - 02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.15 kg (2.5 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and Pilot ratio: 3.2 : 1
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the pilot
piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
G 3/8
00 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


46
PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

VSO-DE-L 05.53.03 - X - 03 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.15 kg (2.5 lbs)


Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (V1 to C1 or V2 to C2), then the valve remains
closed (checked) in both reverse directions (C1 to V1 or C2 to V2) in order to hold and The versions with O-Ring and heavier spring are
lock in position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient generally recommended.
pilot pressure is applied at V2 or V1, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the
pilot piston lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure.

O-RING ON PILOT RATIO


X PILOT PISTON

00 No O-Ring 3.2 : 1

10 With O-Ring 3.2 : 1

25 With O-Ring 6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Cracking pressure Ordering V1-V2-C1-C2
bar (psi) code
G 1/2
00 1 (15) 03.51.01.029
X=00
01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

X=10 01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

00 1 (15) 03.51.01.029
X=25
01 8 (116) 03.51.01.058

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


47
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED CHECK, DUAL

A-VSO-DE-LB 08.53.57 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 0.45 kg (1 lbs)

Pilot ratio: 4:1

Flow is allowed to pass in one direction (A to A1 or B to B1), then the valve remains closed
(checked) in both reverse directions (A1 to A or B1 to B) in order to hold and lock in
position the cylinder or other actuators; reverse flow is possible only when sufficient pilot
pressure is applied at A or B, which act as cross connected pilot ports, and the pilot piston
lifts the poppet from its seat overcoming cylinder port pressure.

X O-RING ON PILOT PISTON

20 with damping, no O-Ring

30 with damping, with O-Ring

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Cracking pressure A-B-A1-B1
bar (psi)
09 G 1/4
00 3 (44)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


48
Counterbalance valves

49
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

Introduction
They are modulating valves which allow free flow into the actuator and then block the reverse flow until they feel a pilot
pressure inversely proportional to the load in the pilot line. They employ a check valve for the free flow direction, a relief
valve to control the flow in the reverse direction and a pilot piston which lowers the relief valve setting.
They can lock loads in a leak free mode and they are well suited for many clamping applications or to prevent negative
loads from falling down in case of hose failure. For load lowering, they improve motion control in most systems because
they compel the directional control valve to always meter positive pressure, also under overrunning load conditions.
Counterbalance valves can be used with paired cylinders: pilot pressure will open first the valve of the most heavily
loaded cylinder; this will cause load transfer to the other cylinder and the related valve, still closed, will require less pilot
pressure for opening.
For best safety, they should be fitted close to the actuator, either flange mounted or connected through metallic pipe.

Single acting Dual acting


counterbalance valve counterbalance valve

Functions of counterbalance valve modules

A – Free upstream flow through the check valve for load lifting.
B – Locking of reverse downstream flow when the directional valve is not operated, or the pump is stopped.
C – Load lowering metered by the piston of the relief valve opened and controlled by the pilot pressure of the “lowering”
flow delivered upstream by the directional control valve, also when the load tends to overrun.
D – Pressure relief (with open centre directional spools) for pressure surges in the actuator caused by the inertia of the
load, by oil expansion due to heating, or by external forces.

General information

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control offers a wide range of counterbalance, motion control valve modules, to best suit the
performance needs of a large number of different applications.
This section shows a number of the most commonly employed counterbalance valve modules, and, in this paragraph, we
provide general guidelines for the valve selection.
Because hydraulic actuated systems are manufactured in a variety of geometrical, physical, mechanical differences
we manufacture many other valves offering useful characteristics and providing optimized solutions for specific
applications.
This section shows only a fraction of Bosch Rexroth Oil Control product range, our Service Network is available to give
suggestions and to show solutions.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


50
COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

Pressure setting of the relief function

The relief section of the valve must have a pressure setting (Pt) high enough in order to be capable to fully re-close the
piston in a leak free condition and stop any downstream flow also under maximum load induced pressure (Pmax).
For this purpose the pressure setting (Pt) must be at least 30% higher than P max, and this is expressed by the following
basic formula, which can be seen also in each catalogue page:

Pt ≥ (1.3 x Pmax)

Pilot pressure required to open the valve

Load lowering is prevented by the relief section of the counterbalance valve and the load induced pressure (Pload)
generates a force in the opening direction opposite to the spring load, consequently the load diminishes the actual pilot
pressure needed to start opening the relief piston.

In case of counterbalance valve fitted to a double acting cylinder and in the ideal situation of no back-pressure in the oil
return line (V2 – T line) and absence of seal friction, the pilot pressure needed to start opening the valve, Ppil or cracking
pressure, can be determined by the following basic formulas where φ is the cylinder ratio and R the pilot ratio of the
valve.
φ = cylinder bore area / cylinder annular area
R = area of pilot piston / differential area of control piston

1) In case of load pushing on the cylinder rod and valve fitted to the full bore side.

Pt - Pload Pt - Pload
Ppil = often simplified as Ppil =
1 R
R+ φ

2) In case of load pulling the cylinder rod and valve fitted to the annular chamber

Pt - Pload
Ppil =
R+φ

3) In case of counterbalance valve fitted to an equal area actuator or to an hydraulic motor where φ = 1, the cracking
pressure can be determined as following:

Pt - Pload
Ppil =
R+1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


51
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

Different pilot ratios are available and, as a general indication, it can be stated that:

High pilot ratio (R ≥ 8 : 1): allows load lowering with reduced pilot pressure for a faster machine operation and with
energy saving. It is best suited for applications where the geometry of the structure maintains the load induced pressures
approximately constant during motion (example: extension of a straight boom).

Low pilot ratio (R ≤ 4 : 1): requires a higher pilot pressure for load lowering but it permits a more precise and smooth
control of the motion. It is recommended for applications where the geometry of the structure determines high changes of
the load induced pressure during motion with resulting instability of the machine (example: cylinder controlling a pivoting
arm).

Important:
For best operation, avoid back-pressure at the V2 port into which the relief spring is usually vented; back-pressure has
two negative effects:
a) it pushes the relief piston in the closed direction, and it increases the pressure needed to open the relief section.
b) it opposes the pilot piston and increases the pilot pressure needed to open the valve and to lower the load.
When necessary, the above mentioned effects can be partially or totally neutralized by employing Bosch Rexroth Oil
Control special counterbalance valves relief compensated to back-pressure (CC type) or fully compensated to back-
pressure (CCAP type).

Relief compensated type counterbalance valves or CC type

These valve modules have a special configuration of the relief piston that allows the relief opening independently from any
back pressure whereas the piloted opening remains subject to additive pressure at port V2.

They are employed when it is necessary to relief pressure at the


pre-established pressure setting (Pt), without over-pressurizing the
system, independently from any back-pressure in the return line.
They are normally fitted in conjunction with main control valves
having closed centre spools equipped with port relief valves.

Single acting counterbalance


valve “CC” type

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


52
COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

Vented type counterbalance valves or CCAP type

These valve modules have a fully vented spring chamber and both
the relief opening and the piloted opening are independent from
back-pressure at port V2. Venting is often open to atmosphere and,
whenever possible, is connected to tank or to a low pressure line.
They must be used only in conjunction with main control valves
having closed centre spools and equipped with port relief valves.

Single acting counterbalance


valve “CCAP” type

This type of “fully balanced” valves is necessary in a few typical applications and exactly:

a) When the piloted opening determines a reverse flow toward a highly pressurized line (example: regenerative circuits
for cylinders, where the oil from the annular chamber is recycled into the line feeding the full bore side, or series type
circuits, where the oil unloaded by an actuator is employed to power a second actuator).
b) When pressure surging in the oil return line could cause oscillations of the relief piston which would amplify flow
instability and fluctuations.
c) When the pilot opening is controlled through a joystick which delivers a “low pressure signal” and the relief piston
needs to maintain stable open positions also with strong pressure fluctuations.
d) When the counterbalance valve is part of a closed loop circuit with pressure upstream and downstream.

Classification of counterbalance valve modules

The Bosch Rexroth Oil Control pilot assisted counterbalance valve modules «VBSO» are available in different design
configurations and different sizes, each suitable for certain applications; they can be single acting «VBSO-SE», or
double acting «VBSO-DE» and they can be grouped into the following two main families.

A - Pilot assisted counterbalance valves with coaxial annular check valve and with pilot piston integral with relief plunger.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


53
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

Very compact design providing excellent flow control, good tolerance to oil contamination; internal components developed
especially for parts in body (most frequently steel body), but occasionally available also as complete “screw-in cartridges”,
with various flow capacities ranging from 40 l/min up to 350 l/min.

The geometry of these valves in their standard configuration makes them particularly sensitive to back-pressure.
Both the actual relief setting and the pilot pressure are affected, as expressed by the following formulas.

R+1
Pr = Pt + Pv (R + 1) Pp = Ppil + Pv
R

Where:
Pr = Actual pressure for relief opening
Pt = Relief pressure setting in absence of back-pressure at V2 port
Pv = Back-pressure at V2 port
R = Pilot ratio
Pp = Actual pilot pressure needed for piloted opening
Ppil = Pilot pressure needed for piloted opening, in absence of back-pressure at V2 port

B - Pilot assisted counterbalance valves with separate check valve and separate pilot piston

The traditional design, often with parts in aluminium body (steel versions available in many cases), high flow capacity and
compact dimensions, available in different sizes.

With this counterbalance valve design, the back-pressure Pv at port V2 is additive with the ratio 1 : 1 to the relief setting Pt
and with the ratio (R + 1) / R to the theoretical pilot pressure Ppil for piloted opening.

R+1
Pr = (Pt + Pv) Pp = Ppil + Pv
R

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


54
COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

Dampening of the pilot piston, for stable pilot opening and smooth load lowering

The operation of a counterbalance valve while controlling load lowering is affected by many variables among which the input
of the operator, the opening areas of the directional valve, the load induced pressure, the viscosity of the fluid, etc., and,
most of all, the fluctuations of the pilot signal.
Insufficient dampening of counterbalance valves is often the cause for undesired oscillations; Bosch Rexroth Oil Control
has developed counterbalance valve modules with a variety of special devices in order to achieve a more controllable and
stable pilot function for better load lowering.
Here are the most commonly used.

A Fixed restriction

B One way fixed restriction

C One way adjustable restriction

This is generally achieved with a special shaped screw is fitted in the pilot line between the pilot port and the pilot piston
of the valve. The pilot flow enters along the long, narrow helical space formed between the damper screw and the female
thread in the valve body. The restriction level can be adjusted by varying the number of threads, or the length of the screw
which enters the female thread. The pilot oil enters as a smooth steady laminar flow which moves the piston, and maintains
the signal very stable. A check valve is often incorporated inside the screw so that, when pressure drops in the system, the
pilot pressure is released quickly and the valve blocks immediately, that is a safety must.

D Reduced pilot pressure “PRPF”

Pilot flow enters through an orifice and is partially drained to tank through a second orifice; by selecting the dimensions of
the two orifices, the pilot pressure reduction can be calibrated.
The combined effect of the inlet restriction and the restriction to tank enables to maintain the signal very stable also in
combination with load sensing main control valve.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


55
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES

The above arrangements are very effective for pilot dampening but are sensitive to viscosity; changes in oil temperature can
produce variations in response time, independent from the operator’s input.
The target of the latest developments has been to design dampening devices which combine both sufficient dampening
good responsiveness.

To overcome the delay problem, a small normally open by-pass (VEM) has been added in parallel with the damper screw.
The VEM closes and quickly locks any further flow inlet when the pressure setting is reached (see scheme).
When the lowering is started slowly by the operator, the pilot oil enters immediately the pilot chamber and pressurizes it up
to almost cracking point; only the final pressurization is achieved through the dampening screw, and this happens quickly
without delay.

E Dampening with normally open by-pass


(European patent pending)

In case of quick lowering, the VEM locks almost immediately and the pressure increase in the pilot chamber is controlled
by the dampening screw.
When a quick closing of the counterbalance valve must be achieved, the pilot oil can be discharged through the VEM itself
which operates as a check valve in the reverse direction.

The valve modules included in this catalogue are only a fraction of Bosch Rexroth Oil Control complete product range for
mobile applications and represents the most common standard solutions.
Bosch Rexroth Oil Control comprehensive experience particularly in mobile hydraulics has allowed to develop a variety of
solutions and the “parts in body” concept gives many options because it allows easy addition of components.
In most cases special pilot devices are the result of joint development between our Service Network and the Customer’s.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


56
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-78 08.35.20 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 0.76 kg (1.7 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated and
flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at P, the pressure setting is reduced
in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to
V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the
pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2-Pil
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 151 (2190) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.198 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


57
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-78-PL 08.49.85 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 0.76 kg (1.7 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated
and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to
the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 151 (2190) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.198 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


58
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-78-PL-FC2 08.49.68 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 0.8 Kg (1.76 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow is relieved
from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion
to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring
chamber is drained to V2, and back-pressure at V2 is additive to the pressure setting in
all functions. For safety and compactness, the C2 port is gasket mounted directly on the
actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-M-M1 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4 Ø 6 (0.24)
35 100-350(1450-5000) 140 (2030) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.198 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


59
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-30 08.41.01 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated and
flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at P, the pressure setting is reduced
in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to
V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the
pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 P
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4 G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 02 G 3/8 G 3/8
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow 03 G 1/2 G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


60
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-30-FC1 08.41.02 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 1.05 kg (2.3 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow is relieved
from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at Pil, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion
to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring
chamber is drained to V2, and back-pressure at V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all
functions. For safety and compactness, the C2 port is gasket mounted the actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2 C2 Pil
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 02 G 3/8 Ø 9 (0.35) G 3/8
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


61
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-30-PL 08.45.16 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

For higher stability at all flows and pressures, the pilot


line includes hydraulic damping.
When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated
and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to
the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 /
20 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


62
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-30-PL-FC1 08.45.18 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

For higher stability at all flows and pressures, the pilot


line includes hydraulic damping.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2
rises above the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow
is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is reduced
in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to
V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to
the pressure setting in all functions. For safety and compactness, the C2 port is gasket
mounted the actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1 C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


63
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-30-PL-FC2 08.45.20 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

For higher stability at all flows and pressures, the pilot


line includes hydraulic damping.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow is relieved
from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion
to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring
chamber is drained to V2, and back-pressure at V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all
functions. For safety and compactness, the C2 port is gasket mounted the actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


64
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-30-SAF 08.47.72 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 1.2 kg (2.7)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away The pilot line includes adjustable hydraulic damping,
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above for fine tuning of stability and response.
the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated and
flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at Pil, the pressure setting is reduced
in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to
V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the
pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 PIL
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
20 130-320 (1900-4650) 94 (1363) 280 (4000) 03.51.01.102 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


65
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

VBSO-SE 05.41.01 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: see performance graph

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check valve poppet is
pushed away from the seat and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at
C2 rises above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function
is activated and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure
setting is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing
flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is
additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 8.2 : 1

10 3.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
20 60-210 (870-3000) 64 (928) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.021 green 04 G 3/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 106 (1537) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.014 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


66
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-33-PL 08.45.85 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

The pilot line includes adjustable hydraulic damping,


for fine tuning of stability and response.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated
and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to
the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

13 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


67
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-33-PL-FC1 08.45.87 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

The pilot line includes adjustable hydraulic damping,


for fine tuning of stability and response.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow is relieved
from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion
to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring
chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the pressure setting in
all functions. For safety and compactness, the C2 port is gasket mounted the actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

13 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1 C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


68
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-SE-33-PL-FC2 08.45.94 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

The pilot line includes adjustable hydraulic damping,


for fine tuning of stability and response.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow is relieved
from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion
to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring
chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the pressure setting
in all functions. For safety and compactness, the C1 and C2 ports are gasket mounted on
the actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

13 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


69
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE,
RELIEF COMPENSATED

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30 08.43.96 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the setting, the direct-acting relief function is activated and flow is relieved from C2 to V2.
With pilot pressure at P, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio,
until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2. The
valve applies a balanced piston allowing relief at the valve setting independent of back-
pressure at V2. However, the piloted opening of the valve remains subject to additive
pressure at port V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 P
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 G 3/8
20 60-210 (870-3000) 75 (1088) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 165 (2393) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


70
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE,
RELIEF COMPENSATED

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL 08.45.17 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1–C1,
the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening
and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2. The valve applies a
balanced piston design allowing relief operation at the valve setting independent of back-
pressure at V2. However, the piloted opening of the valve remains subject to additive
pressure at port V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 /
20 60-210 (870-3000) 75 (1088) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 165 (2393) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


71
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE,
RELIEF COMPENSATED

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL-FC1 08.45.19 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1–C1,
the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening
and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2. The valve applies
a balanced piston and relief is operated at the valve setting independent of back-pressure
at V2. However, the piloted opening of the valve remains subject to additive pressure at
port V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1 C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 75 (1088) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 165 (2393) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


72
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE,
RELIEF COMPENSATED

A-VBSO-SE-CC-30-PL-FC2 08.45.21 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When pressure at C2 rises above the
setting, flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1–C1, the pressure setting
is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2. The valve applies a balanced piston design
allowing relief operation at the valve setting independent of back-pressure at V2. However,
the piloted opening of the valve remains subject to additive pressure at port V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1 C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 75 (1088) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


73
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE,
RELIEF COMPENSATED

VBSO-SE-CC 05.41.06 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: see performance graph

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check valve poppet is
pushed away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2
rises above the pressure setting, the relief function is activated and flow is relieved from C2
to V2. With pilot pressure at V1–C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the
pilot ratio, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained
to V2. The valve applies a balanced piston allowing relief operation at the valve setting
independent of back-pressure at V2. However, the piloted opening of the valve remains
subject to additive pressure at port V2.

X PILOT RATIO

02 8.2 : 1

10 3.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
20 60-210 (870-3000) 54 (783) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.075 green 04 G 3/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 95 (1378) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.059 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


74
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE, VENTED

A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL 08.45.86 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load

The pilot line includes adjustable hydraulic damping,


for fine tuning of stability and response.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the direct-acting, differential area, relief function is activated
and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1–C1 , the pressure setting is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is vented to atmosphere allowing operation of all functions
independent of back-pressure at V2.

X PILOT RATIO

13 4:1

15 8:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres.increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
X=13 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 G 1/4
35
X=15 150-350 (2200-5000) 84 (1218) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.287 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


75
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE, VENTED

A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL-FC1 08.45.88 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

The pilot line includes adjustable hydraulic damping,


for fine tuning of stability and response.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the relief function is activated and flow is relieved from C2
to V2. With pilot pressure at V1–C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the
pilot ratio, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is vented
to atmosphere allowing operation of all functions independent of back-pressure at V2. For
better safety and compact assembly, the C1 and C2 ports are gasket mounted directly on
the actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

13 4:1

15 8:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres.increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1 C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4
X=13 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4
35
X=15 150-350 (2200-5000) 84 (1218) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.287 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


76
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE, VENTED

A-VBSO-SE-CCAP-33-PL-FC2 08.45.92 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load

The pilot line includes adjustable hydraulic damping,


for fine tuning of stability and response.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the relief function is activated and flow is relieved from C2 to
V2. With pilot pressure at V1–C1 , the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the
pilot ratio, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is vented
to atmosphere allowing operation of all functions independent of back-pressure at V2. For
better safety and compact assembly, the C2 port is flanged (gasket mounted) directly on
the actuator.

X PILOT RATIO

13 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 Ø 12 (0.47) G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


77
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-DE-78 08.46.11 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 1.20 kg (2.7 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then locks the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief
is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse
flow. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure settings in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 140 (2030) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.198 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


78
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-DE-78-FC2 08.46.36 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 1.20 kg (2.7 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief
is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse
flow. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4 Ø 6 (0.24)
35 100-350(1450-5000) 175 (2538) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.198 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


79
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

VBSO-DE-NN 05.42.47 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.80 kg (1.8 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief
is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse
flow. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 6.6 : 1

10 2.9 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
20 60-210 (900-3000) 54 (783) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.102 green

35 120-350 (1750-5000) 118 (1711) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.116 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


80
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

VBSO-DE-NN-FC2 05.42.48 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.75 kg (1.7 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 6.6 : 1

10 2.9 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 Ø 8 (0.32)
20 60-210 (900-3000) 54 (783) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.102 green

35 120-350 (1750-5000) 118 (1711) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.116 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


81
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-DE-30 08.44.07 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief
is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse
flow. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
20 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


82
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-DE-30-FC1 08.44.30 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 Ø 9 (0.35) G 1/4
35 100-350(1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


83
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-DE-30-FC2 08.44.11 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief
is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse
flow. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

85 11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres.increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 Ø 9 (0.35)
X=03 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 Ø 9 (0.35)
20
X=85 60-250 (900-3600) 70 (1015) 250 (3600) 03.51.01.155

35 X=03 100-350 (1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


84
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

A-VBSO-DE-SAF 08.44.60 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 2.30kg (5.1 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
35 100-350(1450-5000) 147 (2132) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.114 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


85
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

VBSO-DE 05.42.01 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: see performance graph

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.40 kg (3.1 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 8.2 : 1

10 3.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
20 60-210 (900-3000) 64 (928) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.021 green 04 G 3/4
35 120-350 (1750-5000) 106 (1537) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.014 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


86
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

VBSO-DE-FC2 05.42.06 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 8.2 : 1

10 3.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 10 (0.39)
35 120-350 (1750-5000) 106 (1537) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.014 yellow 04 G 3/4 Ø 14 (0.55)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


87
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

VBSO-DE-33 05.44.32 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of
the actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each
one composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite
line: the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against
reverse movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting
of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing
controlled reverse flow. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting
in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


88
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE

VBSO-DE-33-FC2 05.44.33 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.80 kg (6.2 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions.

X PILOT RATIO

13 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 13 (0.51)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 Ø 13 (0.51)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


89
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE,
RELIEF COMPENSATED

A-VBSO-DE-CC-30 08.44.04 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve with balanced piston, pilot assisted by pressure
in the opposite line: the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the
load against reverse movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure
setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing
controlled reverse flow. Relief operates at the valve setting independent of back-pressure,
but the piloted opening remains subject to additive pressure at V1 or V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
20 60-210 (870-3000) 75 (1088) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2
35 100-350(1450-5000) 165 (2393) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


90
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE,
RELIEF COMPENSATED

VBSO-DE-CC 05.42.05 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: see performance graph

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve with balanced piston, pilot assisted by pressure
in the opposite line: the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the
load against reverse movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure
setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing
controlled reverse flow. Relief operates at the valve setting independent of back-pressure,
but the piloted opening remains subject to additive pressure at V1 or V2.

X PILOT RATIO

02 8.2 : 1

10 3.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
20 60-210 (900-3000) 54 (783) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.075 green 04 G 3/4
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 95 (1378) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.059 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


91
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE, VENTED

A-VBSO-DE-CCAP-33 08.44.94 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 5.2 kg (11.4 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
The relief spring chambers are vented to air: relief and piloted opening are independent of
back-pressure at V1 or V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 04 G 3/4
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


92
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE, VENTED

VBSO-DE-CCAP-33-FC2 05.44.31 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Aluminium body

Weight: 2.80 kg (6.2 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the
actuator, through ports C1 and C2. This valve module includes 2 sections, each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line:
the check section allows free flow into the actuator, then holds the load against reverse
movement; with pilot pressure applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse flow.
The relief spring chambers are vented to air: relief and piloted opening are independent of
back-pressure at V1 or V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4:1

13 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 13 (0.51) G 1/4
35 150-350 (2175-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 Ø 13 (0.51) /

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


93
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Rev. 0207 Page xxxxxx


94
Counterbalance valves
with regenerative function

95
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of valves which combine a counterbalance function with regenerative
circuit. They are employed to control cylinders where it is desired to shorten the extension time, without increasing the
pump flow capacity. Often these valves perform also a “dual counterbalance function” on both the full bore and the
cylinder rod side (see scheme), in addition to the regenerative function.

A) Basic regenerative valves: operation principles and related main formulas

φ = Cylinder Ratio, or
Cylinder bore Area / Cylinder annular Area

π / 4 • D2
φ=
π / 4 • D2 - π / 4 • d2

The cylinder extends when the pump flow is directed to the Full Bore Side (C2) and, from this general scheme, it
can be seen that the cylinder extension is possible only if the by-pass valve (2) is piloted open: in fact, valve (2) is the
counterbalance valve the cylinder annular (rod) side and, since it has pressure both upstream and downstream, it needs
to be of the “fully balanced” or CCAP type. During extension, the total inlet flow to the cylinder (Qt) is sum of the flow
from the pump (Qp) plus the flow from the annular chamber, or regenerated flow (Qr), and the following basic equations
apply:
D2
Total Inlet Flow (Qt ) to the cylinder: Qt = (Qp + Qr ), and (Qt = Qp • )
d2

Qp
Regenerated flow (Qr), or By-Pass through valve (2): Qr =
(φ-1)

Examples:
a) With cylinder ratio φ = 2, Qr = Qp , Regenerated flow = Pump flow, and
Qt = 2 • Qp, Total flow = Twice the pump flow.

In this case, for a given pump flow, the cylinder extension speed doubles compared to the non regenerative circuit:
cylinder extension and retraction speeds become identical.

b) With cylinder ratio φ = 1.5, Qr = 2 • Qp, Regenerated flow = twice the pump flow, and
Qt = 3 • Qp, Total flow = Three times the pump flow.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


96
COUNTERBALANCE VALVES
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

In this (b) case, for a given pump flow, the cylinder extension speed becomes three times the speed with non
regenerative circuit.

NOTE: the a.m. formulas and the example (b) show the very high level reached by the regenerated flow, compared
to the pump flow, when the cylinder ratio “φ” has values smaller than 2:1 (i.e. when the annular area is larger than 50%
of full bore area, or when the rod diameter is relatively small compared to cylinder diameter).
It is very important to determine the actual potential level of the Qr flow in order to fit pipes and hoses of the correct
size and avoid pressure losses which could be very relevant. For the same reason, it is also advisable to install the
regenerative valves always close to the cylinder in order to have connection hoses and pipes as short as possible.

B) Regenerative valves with controlled regenerative mode

In many applications it may be desired, or necessary, to have both the following conditions:

a) regenerative mode for quick cylinder extension, and shorter approach times
b) non regenerative mode, with annular chamber dumped to tank,
- either for maximum cylinder thrust, if high force must be developed by the cylinder
- or for lower speed, if fine control becomes necessary.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of valve modules with the above mentioned features. They
can be classified in two main families (1) and (2):
1) pressure sensitive regenerative mode;
2) regenerative mode on demand.

1) Pressure Sensitive Regenerative Mode

These valve modules automatically shift from regenerative into non regenerative mode at a determined level of
pressure in the line V2 – C2 feeding the cylinder bore:

when extension starts, V2 pressure first pilots open the


by-pass valve (2), and the regenerative circuit is activated.
As the cylinder extends, if it meets higher resistance
(higher load to move), the main pressure in line V2 – C2
increases, and, when resistance is high enough, also the
valve (5) is piloted open. Now the flow from the cylinder
annular chamber is free to return to tank through V1,
and the regenerative mode is automatically cut out. The
cylinder extension continues at lower speed (at pump
flow speed) and the line pressure is active on the whole
full bore area, without back-pressure at the rod side: the
thrust developed is at its maximum level.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


97
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

COUNTERBALANCE VALVES
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

2) Regenerative mode on demand

These valve modules allow motion control at pump flow speed (or low speed) in all conditions, in order to have
always fine control, and allow to engage regenerative the mode for quicker cylinder extension, with shorter
cycle time, when desired and permitted by the load; normally the regenerative mode is engaged manually by
the operator only when the cylinder is extended in empty conditions.

The by-pass channel, between counterbalance valve (2)


and check valve (3), is connected to a channel which
diverts the annular chamber oil to V1 and to tank, through
the main control valve; in the scheme, this channel is
controlled by a Normally Open solenoid valve, and the
cylinder extension normally happens without regenerative
mode, with the annular chamber oil flowing through
valves (2) and (5), to V1 and to tank through the MCV.
The regenerative mode can be activated on demand by
energizing, and closing, the valve (5); the annular chamber
oil is forced to go through valve (3), and to join the pump
flow coming from valve (1).

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


98
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

VBSO-DE-CR-78 05.44.58 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the cylinder,
through ports C2 and C1. This valve module includes a pilot assisted counterbalance (1) on Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
the line C2-V2 for control of the full bore side of the cylinder, a check valve between V1 and
C1 which allows flow into the annular side and locks in reverse direction, a pilot assisted
by-pass counterbalance “fully vented type” (2) which feeds into the full bore (C2) the flow
coming out from the annular side (C1) in order to increase the extension speed. The valve
(2) is internally vented into V1 which acts as “Tank” line during cylinder extension. The pilot
line for the valve (2) has a controlled cross-over drain for hydraulic damping.

PILOT RATIO
X
Valve 1 Valve 2

03 4:1 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
Valve 1 100-430 (1450-6235) 140 (2030) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.198 yellow
20
Valve 2 100-430 (1450-6235) 140 (2030) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.198 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


99
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

VBSO-DE-CR-30 05.44.83 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.4 kg (5.3 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the cylinder,
through ports C2 and C1. This valve module includes a pilot assisted counterbalance (2) on Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
the line C2-V2 for control of the full bore side of the cylinder, a check valve between V1 and
C1 which allows flow into the annular side and locks in reverse direction, a pilot assisted
by-pass counterbalance “fully vented type” (1) which feeds into the full bore (C2) the flow
coming out from the annular side (C1) in order to increase the extension speed. The valve
(1) is internally vented into V1 which acts as “Tank” line during cylinder extension. The pilot
line for the valve (1) has a one way adjustable cross-over drain for hydraulic damping.

PILOT RATIO
X
Valve 1 Valve 2

03 4.2 : 1 1.9 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
Valve 1 100-420 (1450-6000) 120 (1740) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.299 yellow
35
Valve 2 100-350 (1450-5000) 139 (2016) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


100
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

VBSO-DE-CR-33 05.44.13 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (26 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.6 kg (5.7 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the cylinder,
through ports C2 and C1. This valve module includes a pilot assisted counterbalance (2) on Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
the line C2-V2 for control of the full bore side of the cylinder, a check valve between V1 and
C1 which allows flow into the annular side and locks in reverse direction, a pilot assisted
by-pass counterbalance “fully vented type” (1) which feeds into the full bore (C2) the flow
coming out from the annular side (C1) in order to increase the extension speed. The valve
(1) is internally vented into V1 which acts as “Tank” line during cylinder extension. The pilot
line for the valve (1) has a one way adjustable cross-over drain for hydraulic damping.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
Valve 1 100-400 (1450-5800) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow
35
Valve 2 100-400 (1450-5800) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


101
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION,
PRESSURE SENSITIVE
VBSO-DE-CR-EA-33 07.06.2051

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (26 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 4.35 kg (9.6 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the cylinder,
through ports C2 and C1. This valve module includes a pilot assisted counterbalance (1) on Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
the line C2-V2 for control of the full bore side of the cylinder, a one way pilot operated metering
valve (2) between V1 and C1 which allows flow into the annular side and locks/controls flow
in reverse direction, a pilot assisted by-pass counterbalance “fully vented type” (3) which
provides the regenerative function by feeding into the full bore (C2) the flow coming out
from the annular side (C1). The extension speed increment given by the regenerative function
disappears when line pressure in V2 increases above the pressure threshold needed to pilot
open valve (2).

PILOT RATIO
Valve 1 Valve 2 Valve 3

4:1 Equal area 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-V2-C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2
Valve 1 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000)

Valve 2 50-200 (725-2900) 52 (754) 180 (2600)

Valve 3 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


102
DUAL COUNTERBALALNCE
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION,
SOLENOID CONTROLLED
VBSO-DE-CR-EE-33 05.44.81 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (26 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 5.3 kg (11.7 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic control of load by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the cylinder,
through ports C2 and C1. This valve module includes a pilot assisted counterbalance (2) on Nominal voltage: 24 V DC
the line C2-V2 for control of the full bore side of the cylinder, a check valve between V1 and
C1 which allows flow into the annular side and locks in reverse direction, a pilot assisted
by-pass counterbalance “fully vented type” (1) which can feed into the full bore (C2) the flow Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
coming out from the annular side (C1) in order to increase the extension speed. A normally
open solenoid cartridge controls the by-pass flow from valve (1) and diverts it either to V1
(for low speed extension) or to C2 (high speed extension with regenerative mode).

PILOT RATIO
X
Valve 1 Valve 2

03 4:1 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 04 G 3/4 G 1/4
Valve 1 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow
35
Valve 2 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


103
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

A-VBSO-CR-EA-42 07.06.73.99

TECHNICAL DATA
Max operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 220 l/min (58 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 14.5 kg (32 lbs)

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides high speed cylinder extension at low pressure operation; the extension speed
increment given by the regenerative function disappears when line pressure in V2 increases
above the pressure threshold needed to pilot open valve (1) which diverts to tank the flow
from the annular chamber. The pilot assisted by-pass counterbalance “fully vented type”
valve (2) provides the regenerative function by feeding into the full bore (C2) the flow
coming out from the annular side (C1). The by-pass valve (2) is piloted by V2 pressure and
is internally vented into V1 which acts as “Tank” line during cylinder extension.

PILOT RATIO

6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 3/4 SAE 6000 Ø 16.5 (0.65)
Valve 1 200-420 (2900-6000) 102 (1479) 80 (1160) V2

Valve 2 120-360 (1750-5200) 60 (870) 350 (3625)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


104
COUNTERBALANCE
WITH REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

A-VBSO-CR-EA-42 07.06.7030

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 400 l/min (106 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 19.2 kg (42.3 lbs)

It provides high speed cylinder extension at low pressure operation; the extension speed
increment given by the regenerative function disappears when line pressure in V2 increases
above the pressure threshold needed to pilot open valve (1) which diverts to tank the flow
from the annular chamber. Two pilot assisted by-pass counterbalance “fully vented type”
valves (2 and 3) provide the regenerative function by feeding into the full bore (C2) the
flow coming out from the annular side (C1). The by-pass valves (2 and 3) are piloted by
V2 pressure and are internally vented into V1 which acts as “Tank” line during cylinder
extension.

PILOT RATIO
Valve 1 Valve 2 Valve 3

6:1 6:1 6:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 1-1/4” SAE 6000 Ø 28
Valve 1 200-420 (2900-6000) 102 (1479) 80 (1160) V2

Valve 2 120-360 (1740-5220) 60 (870) 250 (3600)

Valve 3 120-360 (1740-5220) 60 (870) 250 (3600)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


105
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


106
Valves for motor
Dual cross over relief

107
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of valves for pressure, flow and motion control of actuators working
in both forward and reverse direction. A few of these valves are designed to be line mounted on the 2 main hoses, but
many of them are studied to match the port patterns of commercially available hydraulic motors and they can be flanged
onto the motor directly simplifying plumbing and saving space.
This catalogue shows examples of valves for Rexroth A2FE Series and Sauer-Danfoss orbital motors, but the valve range
extends to a number of other motors as well.

The valves are grouped by hydraulic function as follows:


4a) DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF
4b) SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4c) DUAL COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4d) MOTION CONTROL

4a) DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF


They limit the inlet pressure in either one of the inlet lines and they protect the actuator from shocks or pressure surges
induced by changes in direction or sudden stops.
Since they are of the cross-over type, they transfer the exhausted oil to the other line (from V1 to V2 and vice-versa) to
ensure re-filling of the actuator and to prevent cavitation.

Some dual cross-over relief valves have an extra tank port “T” (see scheme) with two check valves to allow oil inlet into
the low pressure line and to make up for any drain or for any exhausted flow. In order to ensure that the motor is always
full, and to avoid cavitation, the “T” port must be connected to a tank line slightly pressurized (at least 5 ÷ 8 bar).

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


108
DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF

VSDI-30 05.16.03 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.79 kg (1.7 lbs)


It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects motors or
hydraulic actuators from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction or by For relief cartridge details, see RE00162-02, page
sudden stops. The dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred to AS1.030.
the other line (from V1 into V2 and vice-versa), without the necessity of a separate tank
line: this feature also prevents cavitation when used in conjunction with closed centre Each cartridge can be individually pressure set. For
directional valve. best protection, the valve should be fitted as close to
the actuator as possible.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 M1-M2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 G 1/8
05 5-50 (75-725) 12 (174) 50 (725) 03.51.01.077 black 03 G 1/2 G 1/8
10 30-100 (435-1450) 24 (348) 100 (1450) 03.51.01.076 blue

20 50-210 (725-3000) 47 (682) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.075 green

35 100-350(1450-5000) 82 (1189) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.059 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


109
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF,


FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR

VSDI-30-FM 05.16.33 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.7 kg (1.5 lbs)


It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects the motor
from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction or by sudden stops. The Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors
dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred to the other line (from OMP-OMR series
V1 into V2 and vice-versa), without the necessity of a separate tank line: this feature also
prevents cavitation when used in conjunction with closed centre directional valve. For relief cartridge details, see RE00162-02, page
AS1.030.
Each cartridge can be individually pressure set.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 13 (0.51)
20 50-210 (725-3000) 47 (682) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.075 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


110
DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR

VSDI-30-FM 05.16.17 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.89 kg (2 lbs)


It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects the motor
from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction or by sudden stops. The Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors
dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred to the other line (from OMS series
V1 into V2 and vice-versa), without the necessity of a separate tank line: this feature also
prevents cavitation when used in conjunction with closed centre directional valve. For relief cartridge details, see RE00162-02, page
AS1.030.
Each cartridge can be individually pressure set.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 19 (0.75)
20 50-210 (725-3000) 47 (682) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.075 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


111
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF,


WITH ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK VALVES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VSDI-VA-30-FM 05.16.48 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.9 kg (4.2 lbs)


It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects the motor
from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction or by sudden stops. The Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors
dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred to the other line (from OMS series.
V1 into V2 and vice-versa) to prevent cavitation. An extra tank port (T), with 2 checks,
allows to make up for any drain or exhausted flow and ensures that the motor is always For relief cartridge details, see RE00162-02, page
full. AS1.030.
Each cartridge can be individually pressure set.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-T C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 19
20 50-210 (725-3000) 47 (682) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.075 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


112
DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF

VSDI-80 05.16.01 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.63 kg (3.6 lbs)


It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects motors or
hydraulic actuators from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction or by For relief cartridge details, see RE00162-02, page
sudden stops. The dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred to AS1.050.
the other line (from V1 into V2 and vice-versa), without the necessity of a separate tank Each cartridge can be individually pressure set. For
line: this feature also prevents cavitation when used in conjunction with closed centre
directional valve. best protection, the valve should be fitted as close to
the actuator as possible.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-V2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
10 30-100 (435-1450) 12 (174) 100 (1450) 04 G 3/4
20 80-250 (1160-3600) 27 (392) 200 (2900)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


113
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF,


WITH ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK VALVES

VSDI-VA-80 05.16.05 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.35 kg (5.2 lbs)


It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects motors or
hydraulic actuators from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction or For relief cartridge details, see RE00162-02, page
by sudden stops. The dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred AS1.050.
to the other line (from V1 into V2 and vice-versa) to prevent cavitation. An extra tank port Each cartridge can be individually pressure set. For
(T), with 2 checks, allows to make up for any drain or exhausted flow and ensures that the best protection, the valve should be fitted as close to
motor is always full. the actuator as possible.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-V2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
10 30-100 (435-1450) 12 (174) 100 (1450) 04 G 3/4
20 80-250 (1160-3600) 27 (392) 200 (2900)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


114
DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF,
WITH ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK VALVES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VSDI-VA-80-FM 05.16.15 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 3.1 kg (6.8 lbs)


It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects the motor
from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction or by sudden stops. The
dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred to the other line (from Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE-28-32 series
V1 into V2 and vice-versa) to prevent cavitation. An extra tank port (T), with 2 checks,
allows to make up for any drain or exhausted flow and ensures that the motor is always For relief cartridge details, see RE00162-02, page
full. AS1.050.
Each cartridge can be individually pressure set.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap code


11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-V2 T C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/2 Ø 15 (0.59)
20 80-250 (1160-3600) 27 (392) 200 (2900)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


115
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF, PILOT CONTROLLED SETTING,


WITH ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK VALVES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
A-VAA-CC-80-2S-FM 08.81.18 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max. pressure in “PIL”: 30 bar (435 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 9.5 kg (20.9 lbs)

With relief setting remotely controlled by the joystick pressure (Pil), it provides soft start Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE 28-32 series
and smooth braking, besides protecting the motor from shocks induced by changes in
direction. The relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred through the
check valve to the low pressure line (from V1 into V2, or vice-versa) to prevent cavitation. For flow/pressure diagram, see RE00162-02, page
An extra tank port (T), with 2 additional checks, allows to make up for any drain or exhausted AS1.050
flow and ensures that the motor is always full.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Hydraulic adjustment

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Std. setting V1-V2-T V3-V4 C1-C2 PIL
Z Adj. press.
bar (psi) Q=5 l/min Ordering
range bar Colour
(psi) Min. level Max. level
code 03 G 1/2 G 3/8 Ø15 (0.59) G 1/4

20 60-300 (870-4350) 100 (1450) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.010 red


Pressure setting:
• Step 1: adjust Pmax (= higher level setting) through the intermediate thread, with upper
cap screwed down, and pilot piston locked down.
• Step 2: adjust Pmin (= lower level setting) by unscrewing the upper cap only, with the
intermediate thread locked.
• Resulting pressure setting modulation range:
starts at A      when Pil = 0.0763 x Pmin
is completed at B when Pil ≥ 0.0763 x Pmax

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


116
DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF, PILOT CONTROLLED SETTING
WITH ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK VALVES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VSDI-VA-80-2S-FM 05.16.29 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max. pressure in “PIL”: 30 bar (435 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 4.78 kg (10.5 lbs)


With relief setting remotely controlled by joystick pressure (Pil), it provides soft start
and smooth braking, besides protecting the motor from shocks induced by changes in
direction. The dual relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred to the Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE-28-32 series
other line (from V1 into V2 and vice-versa) to prevent cavitation. An extra tank port (T), with
2 checks, allows to make up for any drain or exhausted flow and ensures that the motor For flow/pressure diagram, see RE00162-02, page
is always full. AS1.050

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Hydraulic adjustment

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Std. setting V1-V2-T PIL C1-C2
Z Adj. press.
bar (psi) Q=5 l/min Ordering
range bar Colour
(psi) Min. level Max. level
code 03 G 1/2 G 1/4 Ø 15 (0.59)

20 60-300 (870-4350) 100 (1450) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.010 red


Pressure setting:
• Step 1: adjust Pmax (= higher level setting) through the intermediate thread, with upper
cap screwed down, and pilot piston locked down.
• Step 2: adjust Pmin (= lower level setting) by unscrewing the upper cap only, with the
intermediate thread locked.
• Resulting pressure setting modulation range:
starts at A      when Pil = 0.0763 x Pmin
is completed at B when Pil ≥ 0.0763 x Pmax

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


117
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF,


WITH ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK VALVES

A-VAA-CC-150 08.81.11 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Leakage: 0.10 l/min (0.03 gpm) at max relief setting.

The pilot operated relief cartridge provides very “flat”


curves up to the max flow.
It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects motors For best protection, the valve should be fitted as close
or hydraulic actuators from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction to the actuator as possible.
or by sudden stops. The relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred
through the check valve to the low pressure line (from V1 into V2, or vice-versa) to prevent
cavitation. An extra tank port (T), with 2 additional checks, allows to make up for any drain
or exhausted flow and ensures that the motor is always full.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.004

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting P-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
40 35-420 (500-6000) 115 (1668) 350 (5000) 04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


118
DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF,
WITH ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK VALVES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
A-VAA-CC-42-FM 08.81.16 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 200 l/min (53 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 11.9 kg (26.2 lbs)

Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE 45-56-63


series.

It relieves the inlet pressure from either one of the supply lines and it protects motors The direct acting relief cartridge has hydraulic
or hydraulic actuators from shocks or pressure surges induced by changes in direction damping and provides enhanced stability at all flows
or by sudden stops. The relief is of the cross over type, and exhausted oil is transferred
through the check valve to the low pressure line (from V1 into V2, or vice-versa) to prevent and pressures.
cavitation. An extra tank port (T), with 2 additional checks, allows to make up for any drain
or exhausted flow and ensures that the motor is always full.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 04 G 3/4 Ø 19 (0.75)
35 70-350 (1000-5000) 65 (943) 300 (4350) 03.51.01.185 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


119
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


120
Valves for motor
Single counterbalance
with brake release port

121
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVES


WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of valves for pressure, flow and motion control of actuators working
in both forward and reverse direction. A few of these valves are designed to be line mounted on the 2 main hoses, but
many of them are studied to match the port patterns of commercially available hydraulic motors and they can be flanged
onto the motor directly simplifying plumbing and saving space.
This catalogue shows examples of valves for Rexroth A2FE Series and Sauer-Danfoss orbital motors, but the valve range
extends to a number of other motors as well.

The valves are grouped by hydraulic function as follows:


4a) DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF
4b) SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4c) DUAL COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4d) MOTION CONTROL

4b) SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT


They are a combination of a pilot assisted counterbalance valve and of a shuttle for brake control through « C3 » port;
they are employed on equal area actuators with overrunning load and with spring loaded holding brake (typically winches
powered by hydraulic motor).

In a winch circuit the pressure induced by the overrunning load remains constant while lowering and the pilot ratio “R”
can be chosen as high as possible in order to speed up motion and save energy. However it must be considered that
the “pilot pressure” needed to open the counterbalance valve must always be “higher” than the pressure capable to
release the brake (generally 15 ÷ 20 bar). In fact, when lowering starts, the pressure in the pilot line must build-up to
a level capable to release the brake, before opening the counterbalance valve and allowing the motor to start rotating.
With hydraulic motors, the pilot pressure needed to open the counterbalance valve can be calculated by the following
formula:
Pt - Pload
Ppil =
R+1
and the lowest pilot pressure (Ppil) is:
Pt - Pload max
(Ppil min) =
where: R+1
Pt = pressure setting (relief setting)
Pload = load induced pressure
R = pilot ratio

Example:
Pload max = 170 bar (pressure generated by the maximum load capacity)
Pt = 350 bar ( > 1.3 x 170 bar )
R = 8:1 (Pilot ratio)
Brake release pressure: ≥ 17 bar 350 - 170
(Ppil min) = bar = 20 bar > 17 bar
8+1
The selected counterbalance valve, with R = 8 : 1 and Pt = 350 bar, complies with the correct lowering sequence
because the lowest pilot pressure is >17 bar.
If compliance was not met, a different pilot ratio or a different pressure setting should be selected.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


122
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES

A-VBSO-SE-LA-33 08.37.69 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

The high pilot ratio (13:1) has been developed for


energy saving; for higher stability at all flows and
pressures, the pilot line includes hydraulic damping.

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.


In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
must be determined also in order to achieve building-
When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away up of pilot pressure in P high enough to release the
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.
the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated and
flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at P, the pressure setting is reduced
in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to
V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the
pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs
either P or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake opening.

X PILOT RATIO

13 13 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 C3-P
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
35 300-500 (4350-7250) 200 (2900) 500 (7250) 03.51.01.184 yellow 04 G 3/4 G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


123
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES

A-VBSO-SE-LA-42 08.37.70 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: up to 350 l/min (93 gpm)

Steel body

The high pilot ratio (13:1) has been developed for


energy saving; for higher stability at all flows and
pressures, the pilot line includes hydraulic damping.

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.


In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
must be determined also in order to achieve building-
When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away up of pilot pressure in P high enough to release the
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.
the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated and
flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at P, the pressure setting is reduced
in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to
V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the
pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs
either P or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake opening.

X PILOT RATIO

13 13 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 C3-P
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 04 G 3/4 G 1/4
35 250-500 (3600-7250) 102 (1479) 500 (7250) 03.51.01.057 yellow 05 G1 G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


124
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VBSO-SE-FA-30 05.45.70 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.13 kg (2.5 lbs)

Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors


When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed OMP-OMR series.
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from must be determined also in order to achieve building-
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to up of pilot pressure in V1 high enough to release the
the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs
either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake opening. brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 Ø 8.5 (0.34) G 1/4
20 60-210 (900-3000) 75 (1088) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green

35 100-350 (1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


125
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VBSO-SE-FA-30 05.45.71 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.7 kg (1.5 lbs)

Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors


When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed OMS series.
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises
above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to must be determined also in order to achieve building-
the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs up of pilot pressure in V1 high enough to release the
either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake opening. brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C3 C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4 Ø 9 (0.35)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


126
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VBSO-SE-FA-33 05.49.81 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 170 l/min (45 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.87 kg (6.33 lbs)

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed
away from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE 45-56-63 series.
above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated
and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
C2 to V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to must be determined also in order to achieve building-
the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs up of pilot pressure in V1 high enough to release the
either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake opening. brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 C3-C4-C5
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 04 G 3/4 Ø 20 (0.79) G 1/4
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 110 (1595) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.184 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


127
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VBSO-SE-FA-RD-30 05.45.24 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.25 kg (2.8 lbs)

Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors


When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away OMP-OMR series.
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above
the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow is relieved from
C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions. must be determined also in order to achieve building-
Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the
spring actuated brake for brake opening. Through port D, a twin check valve system recovers up of pilot pressure in V1 high enough to release the
any oil drain from the motor and delivers it to either V1 or V2 line, depending on which one brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.
is open to tank.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C3-D C1-C2
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4 Ø 8.5 (0.34)
20 60-210 (900-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


128
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES,
FLANGEABLE TO MOTOR
VBSO-SE-FA-RD-90 05.35.01 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 90 l/min (24 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above OMS-OMSW-OMSS series.
the pressure setting, the direct operated relief function is activated and flow is relieved from
C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at V1-C1, the pressure setting is reduced in proportion to the Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to V2. The spring chamber is In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions. must be determined also in order to achieve building-
Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the
spring actuated brake for brake opening. Through port D, a twin check valve system recovers up of pilot pressure in V1 high enough to release the
any oil drain from the motor and delivers it to either V1 or V2 line, depending on which one brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.
is open to tank.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour Y C3-C4
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code V1-V2 C1-C2 C6
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min C5-D
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 120 (1740) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow 03 G 1/2 Ø19 (0.75) G 1/4 G 1/8

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


129
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES,
FLANGEABLE
A-VBSO-SE-FA-42 08.45.38 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 350 l/min (93gpm)

Steel body

The high pilot ratio (13:1) has been developed for


energy saving; for higher stability at all flows and
pressures, the pilot line includes hydraulic damping.

The C2 port is designed with “SAE flange” pattern in


order to be gasket mounted directly to the motor.

When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seat is pushed away Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
from the piston and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2 rises above In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief function is activated and must be determined also in order to achieve building-
flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at P, the pressure setting is reduced up of pilot pressure in P high enough to release the
in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from C2 to
V2. The spring chamber is drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive to the brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.
pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve directs
either P or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake opening.

X PILOT RATIO

13 13 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 C3-P
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 72 3/4 SAE 6000 G 1/4
35 250-500 (3625-7250) 102 (1479) 500 (7250) 03.51.01.057 yellow 73 1 SAE 6000 G 1/4
64 1-1/4 SAE 6000 G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


130
SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT FOR WINCHES,
FLANGEABLE
A-VBSO-SE-FA-42 08.45.39 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 550 l/min (145 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 16.5 kg (36.4 lbs)

The high pilot ratio (13:1) has been developed for


energy saving; for higher stability at all flows and
pressures, the pilot line includes hydraulic damping.

The C2 port is designed with “SAE flange” pattern in


When pressure at V2 rises above the spring bias pressure, the check seats are pushed order to be gasket mounted directly to the motor.
away from the pistons and flow is allowed from V2 to C2. When load pressure at C2
rises above the pressure setting, the direct operated, differential area, relief functions are Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
activated and flow is relieved from C2 to V2. With pilot pressure at P, the pressure setting In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio of the valve, until opening and allowing flow from must be determined also in order to achieve building-
C2 to V2. The spring chambers are drained to V2, and any back-pressure at V2 is additive up of pilot pressure in P high enough to release the
to the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, an incorporated shuttle valve brake prior to any valve opening from C2 to V2.
directs either P or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake opening.

X PILOT RATIO

13 13 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 C3-P
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 64 1-1/4 SAE 6000 G 1/4
35 250-500 (3625-7250) 102 (1479) 450 (6500) 03.51.01.057 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


131
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


132
Valves for motor
Dual counterbalance
with brake release port

133
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE VALVES


WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of valves for pressure, flow and motion control of actuators working
in both forward and reverse direction. A few of these valves are designed to be line mounted on the 2 main hoses, but
many of them are studied to match the port patterns of commercially available hydraulic motors and they can be flanged
onto the motor directly simplifying plumbing and saving space.
This catalogue shows examples of valves for Rexroth A2FE Series and Sauer-Danfoss orbital motors, but the valve range
extends to a number of other motors as well.

The valves are grouped by hydraulic function as follows:


4a) DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF
4b) SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4c) DUAL COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4d) MOTION CONTROL
4c) DUAL COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
They are a combination of a two internally cross-piloted counterbalance valves and of a shuttle valve for brake release
through « C3 » port; they are usually employed to control hydraulic motors where loads or inertia forces can be overrunning
in both directions, and which have a spring loaded holding brake (example: hydraulic motors for forward and reverse
travelling, or for clockwise and anti-clockwise slewing).
NOTE: these hydraulic circuits usually have a Main Control Valve with both
ports open to Tank in central position in order to prevent pressure building up
in either V1 or V2 line, with possibility of inadvertent releasing of the holding
brake through the C3 port.
In systems powered by hydraulic motors, the pressure induced by the
overrunning loads generally is not subject to high changes during motion.
Consequently, the pilot ratio “R” can be chosen as high as possible in order
to speed up motion and save energy. However “R” must comply with the
limit resulting from the following consideration: the “pilot pressure” needed
to open the counterbalance valve must always be “higher” than the pressure
capable to release the brake (generally 15 ÷ 20 bar). In fact, when motion
is commanded in either direction, first the pilot pressure must build-up to
a level capable to release the brake, then the pilot pressure can open the
counterbalance valve and allow the motor to start rotating.
With hydraulic motors, the pilot pressure needed to open the counterbalance
valve can be calculated by the following formula:
Pt - Pload
Ppil =
R+1
and the lowest pilot pressure (Ppil) is:
Pt - Pload max
(Ppil min) =
where: R+1
Pt = pressure setting (relief setting)
Pload = load induced pressure
R = pilot ratio
Example:
Pload max = 170 bar (pressure generated by the maximum load capacity)
Pt = 325 bar ( > 1.3 x 170 bar )
R = 8:1 (Pilot ratio)
Brake release pressure: ≥ 17 bar 325 - 170
(Ppil min) = bar = 17.2 bar > 17 bar
8+1
The selected counterbalance valve, with R = 8 : 1 and Pt = 325 bar, complies with the correct lowering sequence
because the lowest pilot pressure is 17.2 bar > 17 bar: also with the highest load capacity, the holding brake is released
before any motion of the hydraulic motor is started.
If compliance is not met, a different pilot ratio or a different pressure setting must be selected.
If it is necessary to limit the pressure to the brake, a pressure reducer cartridge may be incorporated into the valve
between the shuttle and C3 (Example: code 08.46.32.X.Y.Z).

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


134
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

A-VBSO-DE-VF-30 08.44.10 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.

It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the hydraulic
motor, through ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 sections, each one composed by a check and
a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check allows free flow into
the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure applied at the line
across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening
and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot pressure, the relief
function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion. Back-pressure
at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, a shuttle valve
directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4.2 : 1

85 11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres.increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8 G 1/4
X=03 60-210 (870-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
20
X=85 60-350 (870-5000) 70 (1015) 250 (3600) 03.51.01.155 green

X=03 100-350 (1450-5000) 138 (2001) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.171 yellow


35
X=85 60-350 (870-5000) 70 (1015) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.155 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


135
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 06.02.08.052

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)

It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the hydraulic Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE 28-32 series.
motor, through ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 sections, each one composed by a check and
a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check allows free flow into Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure applied at the line In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening must be determined in order to achieve building-up of
and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot pressure, the relief
function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion. Back-pressure pilot pressure in V1 or V2 high enough to release the
at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, a shuttle valve brake prior to any valve opening.
directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

PILOT RATIO

11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2 C1-C2 C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2 1/2 SAE 6000 G 1/4
60-250 (900-3600) 76 (1102) 250 (3600) 03.51.01.155

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


136
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 06.03.01 - X

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)

Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the hydraulic OMP-OMR series.
motor, through ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 sections, each one composed by a check and
a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check allows free flow into
the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure applied at the line Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot pressure, the relief must be determined in order to achieve building-up of
function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion. Back-pressure pilot pressure in V1 or V2 high enough to release the
at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, a shuttle valve brake prior to any valve opening.
directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

019 4.2 : 1

059 11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2 G 1/4
019 60-210 (900-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green

059 60-250 (900-3600) 70 (1015) 250 (3600) 03.51.01.155

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


137
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 06.03.01 - X

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)

Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating the flow IN and OUT of the hydraulic OMS series.
motor, through ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 sections, each one composed by a check and
a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check allows free flow into
the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure applied at the line Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until opening In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot pressure, the relief must be determined in order to achieve building-up of
function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion. Back-pressure pilot pressure in V1 or V2 high enough to release the
at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure setting in all functions. Through port C3, a shuttle valve brake prior to any valve opening.
directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

013 4.2 : 1

023 11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2 G 1/4
X=013 60-210 (900-3000) 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green

X=023 60-250 (900-3600) 70 (1015) 250 (3600) 03.51.01.155

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


138
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 06.03.01 - X

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.45 kg (5.4 lbs)

Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of OMP-OMR series.
the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 motion control sections (ref. 2), each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check
allows free flow into the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse motion. It also includes 2 cross-over direct
operated relief sections (ref. 1) which control inlet pressure at starting and motor outlet pressure at must be determined in order to achieve building-up of
stopping. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure settings in all functions. Through pilot pressure in V1 or V2 high enough to release the
port C3, a shuttle valve directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake brake prior to any valve opening.
releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

018 4.2 : 1

064 11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2 G 1/4
60-210
Valve 1 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green
(900-3000)
X=018
50-210
Valve 2 47 (682) 130 (1900) 03.51.01.075 green
(725-3000)
60-250
Valve 1 70 (1015) 250 (3600) 03.51.01.155
(900-3600)
X=064
30-100
Valve 2 24 (348) 50 (725) 03.51.01.076 blue
(435-1450)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


139
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VBSO-DE-VF-30-VSDI-FM 06.03.01 - X

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.45 kg (5.4 lbs)

It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of Flangeable on SAUER-DANFOSS orbital motors
the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 motion control sections (ref. 2), each one OMS series.
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check
allows free flow into the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated
ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse motion. It also includes 2 cross-over direct In addition, both the relief setting and the pilot ratio
operated relief sections (ref. 1) which control inlet pressure at starting and motor outlet pressure at must be determined in order to achieve building-up of
stopping. Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure settings in all functions. Through pilot pressure in V1 or V2 high enough to release the
port C3, a shuttle valve directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake brake prior to any valve opening.
releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

014 4.2 : 1

017 11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2 G 1/4
60-210
Valve 1 56 (812) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.106 green
(900-3000)
X=014
50-210
Valve 2 47 (682) 130 (1900) 03.51.01.075 green
(725-3000)
60-250
Valve 1 70 (1015) 250 (3600) 03.51.01.155
(900-3600)
X=017
30-100
Valve 2 24 (348) 50 (725) 03.51.01.076 blue
(435-1450)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


140
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VBSO-DE-VF-30-FM 06.02.08.061

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of the
hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 motion control sections (ref. 1-2), each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE 28-32 series
allows free flow into the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure
applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated
ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
pressure, the relief function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure settings in all functions. A shuttle valve directs
either V1 or V2 line pressure to reducer cartridge (3) and provides “low/constant” pressure for brake
releasing through port C3.

PILOT RATIO

11 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code V1-V2 C1-C2 C3-T
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min

Valve 1 80-350 (1160-5000)


80/90
350 (5000) 03.51.01.155 green G 1/2 1/2 SAE 6000 G 1/4
(1160/1305)
80/90
Valve 2 80-350 (1160-5000) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.155 green
(1160/1305)

Valve 3 28-80 (400-1200) 14 (203) 50 (725) 03.51.01.355 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


141
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

A-VBSN-DE-VF-12A-FM 08.46.35 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 11 kg (24.3 lbs)

Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE 45-56-63 series

It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of the Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 motion control sections (ref. 1 - 2), each one
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check
allows free flow into the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure applied
at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until
opening and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot pressure, the
relief function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion. Back-pressure at
V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure settings in all functions. A shuttle valve directs either V1 or V2 line
pressure to reducer cartridge (3) and provides “low/constant” pressure for brake releasing through
port C3.

X PILOT RATIO

10 8:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour Y DR-BR
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code V1-V2 C1-C2
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min M1-M2

Valve 1 100-420 (1450-6000)


78/85
380 (5500) 03.51.01.370 green 04 G 3/4 3/4 SAE 6000 G 1/4
(1131/1233)
78/85
40 Valve 2 100-420 (1450-6000)
(1131/1233)
380 (5500) 03.51.01.370 green

Valve 3 10-50 (145-725) 7 (102) 50 (725) 03.51.01.354 blue

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


142
DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

A-VBSN-DE-VF-20A-FM 08.46.32 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 320 l/min (85 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 13.2 kg (29.1 lbs)

Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE80-90 series.

It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of the
hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 motion control sections (ref. 1 - 2), each one Relief setting of valves 1 and 2: at least 1.3 times the
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check highest expected load.
allows free flow into the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure applied
at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated ratio until
opening and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot pressure, the
relief function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion. Back-pressure at
V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure settings in all functions. A shuttle valve directs either V1 or V2 line
pressure to reducer cartridge (3) and provides “low/constant” pressure for brake releasing through
port C3.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour Y DR-BR
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code V1-V2 C1-C2
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min M1-M2
Valve 1 140-350 (2000-5000) 108 (1566) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.365 yellow 73 1” SAE 6000 1” SAE 6000 G 1/4
Valve 2 140-350 (2000-5000) 108 (1566) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.365 yellow
35
35/40
Valve 3 10-50 (145-725) 7 (102) 03.51.01.354 blue
(500/580)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


143
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

DUAL COUNTERBALANCE
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

A-VBSN-DE-VF-20A-FM 08.46.33 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 320 l/min (85 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 12.6 kg (27.7 lbs)

Flangeable on REXROTH motors A2FE107-125 series.

It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of the
hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. It includes 2 motion control sections (ref. 1-2), each one Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
composed by a check and a relief valve pilot assisted by pressure in the opposite line: the check
allows free flow into the motor, then locks and prevents reverse movement. With pilot pressure
applied at the line across, the pressure setting of the relief is reduced in proportion to the stated
ratio until opening and allowing controlled reverse motion. With motor turning and without pilot
pressure, the relief function builds up back-pressure at the motor port in order to stop the motion.
Back-pressure at V1 or V2 is additive to the pressure settings in all functions. A shuttle valve
directs either V1 or V2 line pressure to reducer cartridge (3) and provides “low/constant” pressure
for brake releasing through port C3.

X PILOT RATIO

03 4:1

10 8:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour Y DR-BR
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code V1-V2 C1-C2
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min M1-M2
Valves 140-350
108 (1566) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.365 yellow 73 1” SAE 6000 1-1/4” SAE 6000 G 1/4
1-2 (2000-5000)
X=03
10-50 35/40
Valve 3 7 (102) 03.51.01.354 blue
(145-725) (500/580)
35
Valves 140-420
135 (1958) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.367 green
1-2 (2000-5000)
X=10
10-50 35/40
Valve 3 7 (102) 03.51.01.354 blue
(145-725) (500/580)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


144
Valves for motor
Motion control

145
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of valves for pressure, flow and motion control of actuators working
in both forward and reverse direction. A few of these valves are designed to be line mounted on the 2 main hoses, but
many of them are studied to match the port patterns of commercially available hydraulic motors and they can be flanged
onto the motor directly simplifying plumbing and saving space.
This catalogue shows examples of valves for Rexroth A2FE Series and Sauer-Danfoss orbital motors, but the valve range
extends to a number of other motors as well.

The valves are grouped by hydraulic function as follows:


4a) DUAL CROSS OVER RELIEF
4b) SINGLE COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4c) DUAL COUNTERBALANCE WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT
4d) MOTION CONTROL

4d) MOTION CONTROL

This family of valves performs the following main functions:

A – Free flow into the motor through the check valves from both the
main supply lines.

B – Limitation of the inlet pressure through the cross-over type relief


valves which transfer the exhausted oil to the other line (from V1 to V2 and
vice-versa).

C – Locking of the motor by locking the reverse flow at both the motor
ports, when the directional valve is in central position, or the pump is
stopped.

D – Bi-directional control of the motion always metered by the pilot


function: the pilot pistons modulate the openings of the relief valves which
become counterbalance valves, and control the speed by metering the oil
flow discharged from the motor. Motion is possible only in presence of
pilot pressure, i.e. positive inlet pressure to the motor, also when the load
tends to overrun.

E – Limitation of back-pressure at the motor exhaust ports especially


during braking. The cross-over relief valves limit the braking pressure and
transfer the exhausted oil to the other line in order to re-fill the motor and
to prevent cavitation also during braking when no pump flow is delivered
to either one of the motor ports.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


146
MOTION CONTROL

F – Additional functions in “VF” and “PDRM” versions(see schemes):

“VF” version: it allows direct control of the mechanical parking brake, with the pressure delivered by a shuttle valve
through “C3” port. If it is necessary to limit the pressure to the brake, a pressure reducer cartridge may be incorporated
into the valve between the shuttle and C3.

For motion control of hydraulic motors, generally a high pilot ratio


“R” is adopted in order to speed up motion and save energy;
however, if the valve selected is a “VF” version, it must always be
remembered that “R” must comply with the following limitations:
the “pilot pressure” needed to open the relief cartridge and
start motion must always be “higher” than the pressure capable
to release the brake (generally 7 to 15÷20 bar). In fact, when
motion is commanded in either direction, the pilot pressure must
build-up to a level capable to release the brake before any motion
starts.
With hydraulic motors, the pilot pressure needed to open the
counterbalance valve can be calculated by the following formula:

Pt - Pload
Ppil =
R+1

and the lowest pilot pressure (Ppil) is:

Pt - Pload max
(Ppil min) =
R+1
“VF” version

where:
Pt = pressure setting (relief setting)
Pload = load induced pressure
R = pilot ratio
Example:
Pload max = 170 bar (maximum expected load induced pressure)
Pt = 325 bar ( > 1.3 x 170 bar )
R = 8:1 (Pilot ratio)
Brake release pressure: ≥ 17 bar

325 - 170
(Ppil min) = bar = 17.2 bar > 17 bar
8+1

The selected motion control valve, with R = 8 : 1 and Pt = 325 bar, complies with the correct lowering sequence
because the lowest pilot pressure is 17.2 bar > 17 bar: also with the highest load capacity, the holding brake is released
before any motion of the hydraulic motor is started.
If compliance is not met, a different pilot ratio or a different pressure setting must be selected.

NOTE: for proper control of the parking brake, it is often necessary to add devices designed to delay the brake engagement
after bringing the control spool in central position, until the motion has reached a definite full stop, without delaying the
brake release at start (see scheme).

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


147
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL

“PDRM” version: it has relief cartridges with two different pressure settings, both separately adjustable:

a) high pressure setting for starting (oil flow from V1 to C1, or V2 to C2 ).

b) low pressure setting for smooth braking during stopping (oil flow from C1 or C2), when the directional control valve
is brought into the central position.

“PDRM” version and recommended scheme


High and low settings can be achieved because
each relief piston is pushed by two springs, a main
spring and a secondary spring, acting in opposite
directions.
When oil is flowing from V1 to C1 (or V2 to C2),
the secondary spring is neutralized by the incoming
flow and the relief piston is controlled only by the
main spring: the line pressure is at its highest value
when load must be put into motion.
Vice-versa, when oil is discharged by the motor
(from C1 or from C2) while braking, both V1 – V2
ports are at low pressure (directional valve in central
position), the secondary spring pushes the relief
piston toward opening, and the pressure setting
drops to its lowest value for smooth stopping.
This PDRM version is most useful in slewing
systems, or in traction of wheeled vehicles, since
it provides automatic torque increase, at starting,
without affecting deceleration.

For correct performance, the directional spool


should have open or restricted ports in central
position.
POSSIBLE SOLUTION

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


148
MOTION CONTROL

VAA-B-SICN-ST-50 05.71.44 - X - 02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot
pressure is applied. A system of check valves allows cross line relief; an optional make-up
port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change.

X PILOT RATIO

37 9.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/8
20 60-180 (870-2600) 60 (870) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.075 green

35 100-350 (1450-5000) 100 (1450) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.059 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


149
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL

VAA-B-SICN-ST-150 05.71.44 - X - 04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 5.7 kg (12.5 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot
pressure is applied. A system of check valves allows cross line relief; an optional make-up
port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change.

X PILOT RATIO

03 7.6 : 1

10 3:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/4 G 1/2
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 105 (1523) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.142 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


150
MOTION CONTROL

VAA-B-SICN-ST-250 05.71.44 - X - 05 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 200 l/min (53 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 10.8 kg (23.8 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot
pressure is applied. A system of check valves allows cross line relief; an optional make-up
port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change.

X PILOT RATIO

03 8:1

10 2.8 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G1 G 5/8
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 62 (899) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.057 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


151
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-50 05.71.45 - X - 02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot
pressure is applied. A system of check valves allows cross line relief; an optional make-up
port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change. Through port C3, a shuttle valve
directs either V1 or V2 pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

37 9.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2-T C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/8 G 1/4
20 60-210 (870-3000) 60 (870) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.075 green

35 100-350 (1450-5000) 100 (1450) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.059 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


152
MOTION CONTROL
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-150 05.71.45 - X - 04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot
pressure is applied. A system of check valves allows cross line relief; an optional make-up
port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change. Through port C3, a shuttle valve
directs either V1 or V2 pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

03 7.6 : 1

10 3:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/4 G 1/4 G 1/2
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 105 (1523) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.142 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


153
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VAA-B-SICN-ST-VF-250 05.71.45 - X - 05 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 200 l/min (53 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 10.8 kg (23.8 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot
pressure is applied. A system of check valves allows cross line relief; an optional make-up
port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change. Through port C3, a shuttle valve
directs either V1 or V2 pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

03 8:1

10 2.8 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G1 G 1/4 G 5/8
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 62 (899) 150 (2200) 03.51.01.057 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


154
MOTION CONTROL
DUAL SETTING

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-50 05.71.46 - X - 02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 3 kg (6.6 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when The lower pressure setting (see table Z) refers to flow
pilot pressure is applied. The relief valves operate with 2-levels pressure setting, both from “C1” to “C2” (or “C2” to “C1”), and is adjustable
adjustable: higher setting when flow is delivered to the motor, and lower setting when flow
is discharged by the motor during stopping . A system of check valves allows cross line through register “A” (see the drawing).
relief and an optional make-up port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change.

X PILOT RATIO

37 9.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/8
200 (2900)
20 60-210 (870-3000) 60 (870)
90* (1300*)
03.51.01.075 green

300 (4350)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 100 (1450)
120* (1740*)
03.51.01.059 yellow

* Lower pressure setting

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


155
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL
DUAL SETTING

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-150 05.71.46 - X - 04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 5.6 kg (12.4 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when The lower pressure setting (see table Z) refers to flow
pilot pressure is applied. The relief valves operate with 2-levels pressure setting, both from “C1” to “C2” (or “C2” to “C1”), and is adjustable
adjustable: higher setting when flow is delivered to the motor, and lower setting when flow
is discharged by the motor during stopping . A system of check valves allows cross line through register “A” (see the drawing).
relief and an optional make-up port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change.

X PILOT RATIO

03 7.6 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/4 G 1/2
300 (4350)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 100 (1450)
120* (1740*)
03.51.01.142 yellow

* Lower pressure setting

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


156
MOTION CONTROL
DUAL SETTING

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-250 05.71.46 - X - 05 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 200 l/min (53 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 10.8 kg (23.8 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT
of the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
runaway in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and
prevent reverse movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when The lower pressure setting (see table Z) refers to flow
pilot pressure is applied. The relief valves operate with 2-levels pressure setting, both from “C1” to “C2” (or “C2” to “C1”), and is adjustable
adjustable: higher setting when flow is delivered to the motor, and lower setting when flow
is discharged by the motor during stopping . A system of check valves allows cross line through register “A” (see the drawing).
relief and an optional make-up port (T) allows to compensate for any volume change.

X PILOT RATIO

03 8:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G1 G 5/8
300 (4350)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 62 (899)
120* (1740*)
03.51.01.057 yellow

* Lower pressure setting

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


157
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL, DUAL SETTING,


WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-50 05.71.47 - X - 02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 3 kg (6.6 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of
the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop runaway Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and prevent reverse
movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot pressure is applied.
The relief valves operate with 2-levels pressure setting, both adjustable: higher setting when The lower pressure setting (see table Z) refers to flow
flow is delivered to the motor, and lower setting when flow is discharged by the motor during from “C1” to “C2” (or “C2” to “C1”), and is adjustable
stopping. A system of check valves allows cross line relief and an optional make-up port (T) through register “A” (see the drawing).
allows to compensate for any volume change. Through port C3, a shuttle valve directs either
V1 or V2 pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

37 9.1 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2-T C3
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/8 G 1/4
200 (2900)
20 60-210 (870-3000) 60 (870)
90* (1300*)
03.51.01.075 green

300 (4350)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 100 (1450)
120* (1740*)
03.51.01.059 yellow

* Lower pressure setting

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


158
MOTION CONTROL, DUAL SETTING,
WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-150 05.71.47 - X - 04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of
the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop runaway Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and prevent reverse
movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot pressure is applied.
The relief valves operate with 2-levels pressure setting, both adjustable: higher setting when The lower pressure setting (see table Z) refers to flow
flow is delivered to the motor, and lower setting when flow is discharged by the motor during from “C1” to “C2” (or “C2” to “C1”), and is adjustable
stopping. A system of check valves allows cross line relief and an optional make-up port (T) through register “A” (see the drawing).
allows to compensate for any volume change. Through port C3, a shuttle valve directs either
V1 or V2 pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

03 7.6 : 1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 3/4 G 1/4 G 1/2
300 (4350)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 105 (1523)
120* (1740*)
03.51.01.142 yellow

* Lower pressure setting

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


159
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

MOTION CONTROL, DUAL SETTING,


WITH BRAKE RELEASE PORT

VAA-B-SICN-ST-PDRM-VF-250 05.71.47 - X - 05 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 200 l/min (53 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 10.8 kg (23.8 lbs)


It provides static and dynamic motion control by regulating flow and pressure IN and OUT of
the hydraulic motor at ports C1 and C2. When installed close to the motor, it can stop runaway Relief setting: at least 1.3 times the highest expected load.
in case of hose failure. The check sections allow free flow into the motor and prevent reverse
movement; the pilot assisted relief valves control the movement when pilot pressure is applied.
The relief valves operate with 2-levels pressure setting, both adjustable: higher setting when The lower pressure setting (see table Z) refers to flow
flow is delivered to the motor, and lower setting when flow is discharged by the motor during from “C1” to “C2” (or “C2” to “C1”), and is adjustable
stopping. A system of check valves allows cross line relief and an optional make-up port (T) through register “A” (see the drawing).
allows to compensate for any volume change. Through port C3, a shuttle valve directs either
V1 or V2 pressure to the spring actuated brake for brake releasing.

X PILOT RATIO

03 8:1

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-V2-C1-C2 C3 T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G1 G 1/4 G 5/8
300 (4350)
35 100-350 (1450-5000) 62 (899)
120* (1740*)
03.51.01.057 yellow

* Lower pressure setting

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


160
Check and metering valves

161
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVES

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a complete range of check and metering valves, controlled by remote pilot
pressure, designed for protection systems against hose failure for boom cylinders of hydraulic excavators. If
chosen and calibrated to match the operating conditions of the excavator’s hydraulic system, these valve modules can
lock and meter down the oil flow in the event of hose failure. Consequently, they become important components of
“load lowering systems” for excavators and earth moving equipment which comply with the requirements of the
European Standard EN 474 (ISO 8643), when the machines are employed to lift and handle “suspended loads”.
These valves are available in different sizes: the smallest ones, designed for small machines, can be pipe mounted
close to the boom cylinders, the larger ones, designed for medium and large machines, are optimized to match the port
patterns (mostly SAE type flanges) and the space available at the cylinder inlets; they can be flange mounted onto the
cylinder directly, simplifying plumbing, saving space and increasing safety.

1) Principles of operation

A) Boom lifting: the oil delivered by the Main Control


Valve reaches port V2, opens the check valves, enters
and extends the cylinder through port C2.

B) Boom holding: the Main Control Valve is in neutral


position and no flow is delivered to the cylinder. The
pressure induced by the load inside the cylinder
pushes back the annular check valves against the
seats: the oil the cylinder is locked in a “leak free”
mode and the boom is held stationary.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


162
CHECK AND METERING VALVES

C) Boom lowering: lowering starts when the joysticks


delivers enough pilot pressure to open the Main
Control Valve to tank, and, at the same time, to push the
main piston away from the check valve seat, allowing
flow from C2 to V2. For compliance with the “load
lowering” requirements of the European Standard EN
474 (ISO 8643), during the initial lowering stroke, the
load induced pressure inside the cylinder needs to
be withheld by the check and metering valve, while
the Main Control Valve is already wider open to tank.
For this reason, the cracking point and the metering
curve of the hose burst valve need to be synchronized
and matched against the metering curve of the main
control spool.
Note: according to the test procedure specified by
ISO 8643, actual tests with the machine need to be
performed in order to verify the compliance of the
machine type to the test requirements.

D) Relieving: if pressure inside the cylinder increases


above the selected setting, the poppet of the pilot
relief cartridge (2) opens, the exhaust oil builds up
pressure on the pilot piston and the main piston is
quickly pushed to the right, overcoming the spring
force. The valve operates as an internally piloted
relief, balanced to back pressure in the oil return
hose (from V2 to the MCV), and it opens fully so
that the cylinder pressure may be exhausted through
the main hose by the Port Relief Valve at the Main
Control block.

The schemes shown indicate a flangeable version valve in its 4 main working configurations: the same principles apply
also to the pipe mounted valves.
The rear surface of the pilot piston, together with the main spring housing, are drained trough the “T” port to tank: the
drained flow is negligible, and, for correct operation, it must be connected to a “low pressure” tank line, possibly the
same tank line of the hydraulic joystick/servo-control system.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


163
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVES

2) Valve fitting and connections

The “flange” mounted valves are symmetrical: the same valve can be fitted on the right or left hand cylinder. Instead the
“pipe” mounted valves are available as right hand version (A-VBC-DX…) and left hand version (A-VBC-SX…): the overall
dimensions are shown in the relevant data sheet of this catalogue, and the proper version must be chosen according to
the space available on the machine.
Here is a complete layout showing 2 check and metering valves flange mounted to “paired cylinders”.
Summary of connections:

- Ports C2: one to each cylinder inlet.


- Ports V2: joined together and connected to the hose from MCV.
- Ports Pil (X): joined together and connected to the “lowering” line from the joystick.
- Ports T: joined together and connected to the joystick tank line.
- Ports E: joined together in order to equalize the pressures, and synchronize the valve openings when lowering.

The “E” ports are “restricted” to limit the eventual oil leakage in case of line rupture, as specified by ISO 8643.

This scheme includes a tap to open the E – E line to tank and to allow Emergency Boom Lowering, in case of loss of
hydraulic power.

On each valve, the ports not used are blanked-off by threaded plugs supplied together with the valves.

IMPORTANT NOTE: the explanations and the schemes here shown are given only for a general understanding of this
valve range. More details are available in each data sheet of this catalogue, but, in case of new installations, for the final
choice of the Check and Metering Valve, its pressure settings, its performance characteristics, etc., please consult the
Bosch Rexroth Oil Control Service Network.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


164
CHECK AND METERING VALVE

A-VBC-78-DX 08.49.29 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 1.8 kg (4 lbs)

This valve is designed to be pipe mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
protection).
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank directly).
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool The Factory sealed “E” screw can be used for Emergency
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief spool opening and boom lowering, in case of pilot pressure
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in failure; once the emergency boom lowering is completed,
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved the “E” screw must be restored to its original position and
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve. locked.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Inner hex. socket screw


03 protected by locking nut

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering V2-C2 Pil T M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 02 G 3/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8
7-19.5 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 3 (44) 03.51.01.323
(100-280) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


165
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVE

A-VBC-78-SX 08.49.30 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 40 l/min (11 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 1.8 kg (4 lbs)

This valve is designed to be pipe mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow protection).
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank directly).
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool
The Factory sealed “E” screw can be used for Emergency
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief spool opening and boom lowering, in case of pilot pressure
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in failure; once the emergency boom lowering is completed,
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved the “E” screw must be restored to its original position and
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve. locked.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Inner hex. socket screw


03 protected by locking nut

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering V2-C2 Pil T M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 02 G 3/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8
7-19.5 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 3 (44) 03.51.01.323
(100-280) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


166
CHECK AND METERING VALVE

A-VBC-90-DX 08.47.97 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (26 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs)

This valve is designed to be pipe mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow protection).
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank directly).
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool
The Factory sealed “E” screw can be used for Emergency
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief spool opening and boom lowering, in case of pilot pressure
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in failure; once the emergency boom lowering is completed,
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved the “E” screw must be restored to its original position and
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve. locked.

X ADJUSTMENT

inner hex.
00 socket screw
protected by locking nut

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 Pil T M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 03 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 4 (58) 03.51.01.075 green
(45-220) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


167
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVE

A-VBC-90-SX 08.47.96 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (26 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs)

This valve is designed to be pipe mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow protection).
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank directly).
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool
The Factory sealed “E” screw can be used for Emergency
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief spool opening and boom lowering, in case of pilot pressure
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in failure; once the emergency boom lowering is completed,
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved the “E” screw must be restored to its original position and
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve. locked.

X ADJUSTMENT

inner hex.
00 socket screw
protected by locking nut

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 Pil T M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 03 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 4 (58) 03.51.01.075 green
(45-220) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


168
CHECK AND METERING VALVE

A-VBC-33-DX 08.49.24 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 3.4 kg (7.5 lbs)

This valve is designed to be pipe mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow protection).
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank directly).
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool
The Factory sealed “E” screw can be used for Emergency
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief spool opening and boom lowering, in case of pilot pressure
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in failure; once the emergency boom lowering is completed,
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved the “E” screw must be restored to its original position and
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve. locked.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Inner hex. socket screw


03 protected by locking nut

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 Pil-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 04 G 3/4 G 1/4
7-20 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 3.5 (51) 03.51.01.287 green
(102-290) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


169
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVE

A-VBC-33-SX 08.49.25 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 3.4 kg (7.5 lbs)

This valve is designed to be pipe mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow protection).
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank directly).
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool
The Factory sealed “E” screw can be used for Emergency
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief spool opening and boom lowering, in case of pilot pressure
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in failure; once the emergency boom lowering is completed,
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved the “E” screw must be restored to its original position and
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve. locked.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Inner hex. socket screw


03 protected by locking nut

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 Pil-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 04 G 3/4 G 1/4
7-20 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 3.5 (51) 03.51.01.287 green
(102-290) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


170
CHECK AND METERING VALVE
FLANGEABLE

A-VBC-90-FC 08.47.83 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 4 kg (8.8 lbs)

This valve is designed to be flange mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
protection).
Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow pressure tank line” (to the joystick tank line, or to tank
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the directly).
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is The restricted “E” port must be connected to a “pressure
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool equalizing line” in case of 2 valves fitted to 2 twin cylinders,
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief and may be used as “outlet to tank” for emergency boom
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in lowering in case of pilot pressure failure.
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2 C2 E-Pil-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 63 G 1/2 1/2” SAE 6000 G 1/4
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 4 (58) 03.51.01.075 green
(45-220) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


171
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVE


FLANGEABLE

A-VBC-33-FC 08.49.26 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 6 kg (13.2 lbs)

This valve is designed to be flange mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
protection).
Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through a check valve, and reverse flow pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank
(C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in the directly).
initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is The restricted “E” port must be connected to a “pressure
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool equalizing line” in case of 2 valves fitted to 2 twin cylinders,
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief and may be used as “outlet to tank” for emergency boom
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in lowering in case of pilot pressure failure.
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 E-Pil-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 63 1” SAE 6000 G 1/4
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 5 (73) 03.51.01.184 yellow
(45-220) “cracking”
11
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


172
CHECK AND METERING VALVE
FLANGEABLE

A-VBC-33-FC 08.47.84 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 250 l/min (66 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 8 kg (17.6 lbs)

This valve is designed to be flange mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
protection).
Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through the 2 check valves, and reverse pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank
flow (C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in directly).
the initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is The restricted “E” port must be connected to a “pressure
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool equalizing line” in case of 2 valves fitted to 2 twin cylinders,
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief and may be used as “outlet to tank” for emergency boom
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in lowering in case of pilot pressure failure.
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2-C2 E-Pil-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 72 3/4” SAE 6000 G 1/4
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 5 (73) 03.51.01.184 yellow
(45-220) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


173
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVE


FLANGEABLE

A-VBC-42-FC 08.47.85 - X - 72 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 350 l/min (93 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 12 kg (26.5 lbs)

This valve is designed to be flange mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
protection).
Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through the 2 check valves, and reverse pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank
flow (C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in directly).
the initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is The restricted “E” port must be connected to a “pressure
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool equalizing line” in case of 2 valves fitted to 2 twin cylinders,
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief and may be used as “outlet to tank” for emergency boom
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in lowering in case of pilot pressure failure.
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2 - C2 E - Pil - T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 3/4” SAE 6000 G 1/4
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 3.5 (51) 03.51.01.067 yellow
(45-220) “cracking”
60
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


174
CHECK AND METERING VALVE
FLANGEABLE

A-VBC-42-FC 08.47.85 - X - 73 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 400 l/min (106 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 12 kg (26.5 lbs)

This valve is designed to be flange mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
protection).
Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through the 2 check valves, and reverse pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank
flow (C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in directly).
the initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is The restricted “E” port must be connected to a “pressure
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool equalizing line” in case of 2 valves fitted to 2 twin cylinders,
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief and may be used as “outlet to tank” for emergency boom
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in lowering in case of pilot pressure failure.
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2 - C2 E - Pil - T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 1” SAE 6000 G 1/4
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 3.5 (51) 03.51.01.067 yellow
(45-220) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


175
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

CHECK AND METERING VALVE


FLANGEABLE

A-VBC-42-FC 08.47.85 - X - 64 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)

Max flow: 500 l/min (132 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 15 kg (33.1 lbs)

This valve is designed to be flange mounted on boom cylinders


of hydraulic excavators, and, with specific adjustments, it
can become part of load holding and load lowering systems
designed to comply with ISO Standard 8643 (hose burst
protection).
Note: the Tank vented port must be connected to a “low
Upstream flow (V2 - C2) to the cylinder is free through the 2 check valves, and reverse pressure tank line” ( to the joystick tank line, or to tank
flow (C2 - V2) is locked/metered by a leak free spool (1) which provides fine metering in directly).
the initial opening stroke. The spool, normally held closed by an adjustable spring force, is The restricted “E” port must be connected to a “pressure
remotely controlled by joystick pilot pressure; the pilot pressure required to move the spool equalizing line” in case of 2 valves fitted to 2 twin cylinders,
is load independent because the spring is vented to Tank. The valve includes a small relief and may be used as “outlet to tank” for emergency boom
cartridge (2) which senses C2 pressure and opens under overload or shock conditions in lowering in case of pilot pressure failure.
order to pilot wide open the metering spool and to allow cylinder pressure to be relieved
downstream through the main hose (V2) and through the main control valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V2 - C2 E - Pil - T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) 64 1 1/4” SAE 6000 G 1/4
3-15 7.5 (109)
Valve 1 3.5 (51) 03.51.01.067 yellow
(45-220) “cracking”
40
350-460 350 (5000)
Valve 2 228 (3306)
(5000-6600) “5 l/min”

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


176
Flow regulators

177
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATORS

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a wide range of flow control valves: a few are simple flow restrictors, but,
most of them are in-line two or three-ported pressure compensated flow regulators, which meter the flow irrespective of
changes in downstream pressure. According to their performance, they can be classified as follows:

A) FLOW RESTRICTORS
In line two-ported restrictors: they work like a tap, with fixed or adjustable opening, and the
flow depends from the pressure drop between inlet and outlet. Often, they incorporate a
reverse flow check, like shown by the scheme.

B) FLOW REGULATORS 2-WAY TYPE


In line two-ported flow regulators: they are pressure compensated and they meter flow
irrespective of change in downstream pressure. Generally, they have an adjuster for the
selection of the metered flow; often, these flow regulators incorporate a reverse flow check
for meter-in or meter-out applications.
Excess flow needs to be dumped out of the system through the main relief valve.

C) FLOW REGULATORS 3-WAY BY-PASS TYPE


In line three-ported, by-pass type, flow regulators: they are pressure compensated and they
meter a constant regulated flow, irrespective of changes in downstream pressure. Generally,
they have an adjuster for the selection of the metered flow.
The third port “T” dumps the excess flow at the working pressure of the regulated circuit; the
excess flow can be by-passed to tank directly, or it can be employed to power a secondary
circuit, where the pressure required is “always lower” than the pressure in the Regulated
line. The reverse flow check is an option available for most of these valves.

D) FLOW REGULATORS 3-WAY COMBINATION TYPE


1) In line three-ported combination, or priority, type flow regulators. They divide the inlet flow
between two outlets:
- the priority outlet “P” receives a pressure compensated priority flow, which stays constant
regardless of pressure changes in the priority line. Generally, there is an adjuster for the
selection of the priority flow.
- after the priority outlet is satisfied, the by-pass outlet “B” receives the excess flow which
can be used to power a second system, where the pressure needed can be higher than
priority.

2) A special version of these three-ported flow regulators has been developed into a “full
range” of Heavy Duty Priority Flow Controls: they supply a priority pressure compensated
flow on demand (normally controlled by a switch), and they incorporate a pressure relief
control for the priority outlet.
They are fitted to existing hydraulic systems to power additional hydraulic tools or attachments
with a constant, pressure compensated flow (ex.: hydraulic hammers).

E) FLOW DIVIDERS AND DIVIDERS/COMBINERS


In line three-ported flow controls; they are pressure compensated and provide 50% - 50%
division and combination as standard. They are employed for motor or cylinder applications,
where they divide or combine C1 and C2 flows from two actuators in order to keep the
speeds relatively equal, regardless of working pressure differences.
They are manufactured in various sizes, and, for each size, there are different options of flow
ranges: they must always be chosen according to the expected flow in order to match the
pressure drops and the slippage performance indicated in the relevant data sheet.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


178
ONE WAY RESTRICTOR

VF-MF 04.46.03.00 - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow (A-B): 10 l/min (3 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 0.10 kg (0.2 lbs)

Installation torque: 33 - 37 Nm (24 - 27 ft-lb)

Through a fixed, calibrated orifice, it restricts the flow from B to A. Free flow is permitted
from A to B when pressure overcomes the spring bias of the check function.

PORT SIZE
Z 09 06 00 07 10 12 11 03 08 05 01 Y
A-B
Calibrated
0.3* 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.75
09 G 1/4
orifice Ø
mm (.012*) (.016) (.020) (.024) (.028) (.032) (.035) (.039) (.051) (.059) (.069)
(hinches)

* Hole Ø 0.5 mm (.020 inch.) with Ø 0.4 mm (.016 inch.) wire.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


179
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
2-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATD

VRFC2 0M.22.03 - X - 97

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Q = Max inlet flow “E” port 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs)


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of approximately 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports.
Output flow can be varied from zero (closed) to the nominal maximum rating. Reverse Flow range adjustment: 0 - ­3 turns
flow from R to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure
compensated.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
E-R
G 3/8

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


180
FLOW REGULATOR,
2-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC2 0M.22.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Q = Max inlet flow “E” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow range adjustment: 0 - ­3 turns


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of approximately 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports.
Output flow can be varied from zero (closed) to the nominal maximum rating. Reverse
flow from R to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure
compensated.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


181
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
2-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC2-L 0M.22.03.50 - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Q = Max inlet flow “E” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow control range: from 15° to 165° of hand lever


rotation.
A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of approximately 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports.
Output flow can be varied from zero (Closed) to the nominal maximum rating (Open).
Reverse flow from R to E is limited by the selected opening of the lever controlled restrictor
and is not pressure compensated.

ADJUSTMENTS

Lever with built in friction clutch

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


182
FLOW REGULATOR,
2-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

A-VRFC2 0M.B2.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Q = Max inlet flow “E” port

Flow range adjustment: 0 - ­3 turns

Steel body

A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while


a minimum pressure differential of approximately 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two
ports. Output flow can be varied from zero (closed) to the nominal maximum rating.
Reverse flow from R to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not
pressure compensated.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


183
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
2-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED,
CHECK VALVE FOR FREE REVERSE FLOW
VRFC2-VU 0M.24.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Q = Max inlet flow “E” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow range adjustment: 0 - ­3 turns


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of approximately 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports.
Output flow can be varied from zero (closed) to the nominal maximum rating. Free flow
is permitted from R to E, regardless of valve adjustment, when pressure overcomes the
spring bias of the check valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


184
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC3 0M.32.03 - X - 97

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port 40 l/min (11 gpm)

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port 25 l/min (7 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 0.55 kg (1.2 lbs)


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
E-R-T
G 3/8

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


185
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC3 0M.32.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


186
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC3 0M.32.03 - X - 05

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port 280 l/min (74 gpm)

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port 190 l/min (50 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1.95 kg (4.3 lbs)


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
E-R-T
G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


187
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC3-L 0M.32.03.50 - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.
A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

ADJUSTMENTS

Lever with built in friction clutch

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


188
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

A-VRFC3 0M.C2.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Steel body

Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns

A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a


minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


189
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

A-VRFC3 0M.C2.03 - X - 05

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port 280 l/min (74 gpm)

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port 190 l/min (50 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 4.4 kg (9.7 lbs)


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
E-R-T
G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


190
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED,
CHECK VALVE FOR FREE REVERSE FLOW
VRFC3-VU 0M.39.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: see performance graph

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.
A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


191
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED,
CHECK VALVE FOR FREE REVERSE FLOW
VRFC3-VU 0M.39.03 - X - 04

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port 150 l/min (40 gpm)

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port 90 l/min (24 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.15 kg (4.7 lbs)


A constant flow rate, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to R, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input
flow supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. Reverse flow from R to E
is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow
from T to E or from T to R is not possible. Increasing or decreasing inlet flow may cause
slight increase or decrease of Regulated flow.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
E-R-T
G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


192
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED,
WITH RELIEF
VRFC3-VS 0M.33.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Adj. relief valve: range 35-210 bar (500-3000 psi).


Standard setting: 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
A constant pressure compensated flow rate is established from E to R, while a minimum fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input flow consult our Service Network.
supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can be
varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating for the valve. The valve module includes Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
a small pilot relief cartridge which senses the pressure of the Regulated flow and diverts it
to tank if the maximum allowed pressure is reached. Reverse flow from R to E is limited by
the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow from T to E
or from T to R is not permitted.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


193
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED,
WITH RELIEF
VRFC3-VS 0M.33.03.50 - Y

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Adj. relief valve: range 35-210 bar (500-3000 psi)


Standard setting 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
A constant pressure compensated flow rate is established from E to R, while a minimum
consult our Service Network.
pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input flow
supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can be
varied from zero (Closed) to the nominal maximum rating for the valve (Open). The valve
module includes a small pilot relief cartridge which senses the pressure of the Regulated
flow and diverts it to tank if the maximum allowed pressure is reached. Reverse flow from R
to E is limited by the selected opening of the lever controlled restrictor and is not pressure
compensated. Flow from T to E or from T to R is not permitted.

ADJUSTMENTS

Lever with built in friction clutch

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


194
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED
WITH RELIEF AND SOLENOID CONTROL
VRFC3-VS-VEI 0M.36.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Adj. relief valve: range 35-210 bar (500-3000 psi).


Standard setting: 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.
A constant pressure compensated flow rate is established from E to R, while a minimum
pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input flow
supplied to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Output flow can Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating of the valve and it can be dumped
to Tank in two ways: 1) by a N.O. solenoid cartridge which determines Regulated flow Pressure drop from E-T: cracking pressure 6 bar (90 psi),
dumping when de-energized; 2) by a pilot relief cartridge which determines Regulated flow full flow 12 bar (175 psi)
dumping if the maximum allowed pressure is reached. Reverse flow from R to E is limited
by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure compensated. Flow from T to
E or from T to R is not permitted. The coil must be ordered separately

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


195
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED,
WITH RELIEF AND SOLENOID BY-PASS
VRFC3-VS-BPE 0M.38.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Adj. relief valve: range 35-210 bar (500-3000 psi).


Standard setting: 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
A constant pressure compensated flow rate is established from E to R, while a minimum consult our Service Network.
pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input flow supplied
to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Regulated flow can be varied
from closed to the nominal maximum rating of the valve and its pressure is controlled by a Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns
relief cartridge which will dump to Tank the output flow if the maximum pressure is reached.
A normally open solenoid cartridge by-passes all Inlet flow to tank when de-energized. The coil must be ordered separately
Reverse flow from R to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not
pressure compensated. Flow from T to R is not permitted.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-R-T
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


196
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, PRESSURE COMPENSATED,
WITH RELIEF AND SOLENOID BY-PASS
VRFC3-VS-BPE 0M.38.03 - X - 04

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Adj. relief valve: range 35-210 bar (500-3000 psi).


Standard setting: 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port 150 l/min (40 gpm)

QR = Max regulated flow “R” port 90 l/min (24 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
A constant pressure compensated flow rate is established from E to R, while a minimum fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. Input flow supplied consult our Service Network.
to E in excess of the regulated output at R is by-passed to T. Regulated flow can be varied
from closed to the nominal maximum rating of the valve and its pressure is controlled by a
relief cartridge which will dump to Tank the output flow if the maximum pressure is reached. Weight: 2.30 kg (5.1 lbs)
A normally open solenoid cartridge by-passes all Inlet flow to tank when de-energized.
Reverse flow from R to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not
pressure compensated. Flow from T to R is not permitted. Flow range adjustment: 0 - 3 turns

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
E-R-T
G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


197
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, COMBINATION TYPE, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC3C 0M.42.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QP = Max priority flow “P” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.
A constant priority flow, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to P, while
a minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. While Flow range adjustment: 0 - ­3 turns
the regulated priority flow from P is used in the priority circuit, the flow supplied to E
in excess of priority is by-passed to B port and can be sent to power other actuators.
Priority flow can be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating of the valve. Reverse
flow from P to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure
compensated. Reverse flow from B is not permitted.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

80 Screw and locknut

40 Graduated handknob

PORT SIZE
Y
E-B-P
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


198
FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, COMBINATION TYPE, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

A-VRFC3C 0M.D2.03 - X - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QP = Max priority flow “P” port

Steel body

Flow range adjustment: 0 - ­3 turns

A constant priority flow, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to P, while a


minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. While
the regulated priority flow from P is used in the priority circuit, the flow supplied to E
in excess of priority is by-passed to B port and can be sent to power other actuators.
Priority flow can be varied from closed to the nominal maximum rating of the valve. Reverse
flow from P to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not pressure
compensated. Reverse flow from B is not permitted.

X ADJUSTMENTS

70 Handknob and locknut

PORT SIZE
Y
E-B-P
04 G 3/4
05 G1

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


199
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW REGULATOR,
3-WAY, COMBINATION TYPE, PRESSURE COMPENSATED

VRFC3C 0M.42.03.50 - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

QE = Max inlet flow “E” port

QP = Max priority flow “P” port

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.
A constant priority flow, regardless of system pressures, is established from E to P, while a
minimum pressure differential of appr. 5 bar (70 psi) exists between the two ports. While
the regulated priority flow from P is used in the priority circuit, the flow supplied to E in
excess of priority is by-passed to port B and can be sent to power other actuators. Priority
flow can be varied from zero (Closed) to the nominal maximum rating for the valve (Open).
Reverse flow from P to E is limited by the selected opening of the restrictor and is not
pressure compensated. Reverse flow from B is not permitted.

ADJUSTMENTS

50 Lever with built in friction clutch

PORT SIZE
Y
E-B-P
02 G 3/8
03 G 1/2
04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


200
3-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL,
WITH PRESSURE COMPENSATED AND
SOLENOID CONTROLLED PRIORITY FLOW
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.20.80 - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max priority line pressure: limited by relief valve (6)


(see table “Z”)
Back pressure at T port: max 1.5 bar (20 psi)

Drain from T, with solenoid valve up to 1.5 l/min


non-energized: (up to 0.4 gpm)
Steel body

32 5 70 86 54.5 62.5 88.5 48 76 190 68 18 90 14 92 41 34 130 9


(1.26) (.2) (2.76) (3.39) (2.15) (2.46) (3.48) (1.89) (2.99) (7.48) (2.68) (.71) (3.54) (.55) (3.62) (1.61) (1.34) (5.12) (.35) G 1-1/4 12.5 (27.5)

32 5 60 74.5 46.5 56.5 78 36.5 76 173 68 15 90 13.5 80.5 41 34 120 9 G1 9 (19.8)


(1.26) (.2) (2.36) (2.93) (1.83) (2.22) (3.07) (1.44) (2.99) (6.81) (2.68) (.59) (3.54) (.53) (3.17) (1.61) (1.34) (4.72) (.35)

32 5 50 59 37 44 61 34 50 140 73 13.5 73 13 69.5 41 34 100 9


(1.26) (.2) (1.97) (2.32) (1.46) (1.73) (2.4) (1.34) (1.97) (5.51) (2.87) (.53) (2.87) (.51) (2.74) (1.61) (1.34) (3.94) (.35) G 3/4 4.8 (10.6)

32 5 40 54.5 35.5 38 56.5 29.5 50 130 76 8.5 73 12.5 60 41 34 90 8.5 G 1/2 3.4 (7.5)
(1.26) (.2) (1.58) (2.15) (1.4) (1.5) (2.22) (1.16) (1.97) (5.12) (2.99) (.34) (2.87) (.49) (2.36) (1.61) (1.34) (3.54) (.34)

Weight
S2 S1 S L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L I H6 H5 H4 H3 H2 H1 H F Y kg (lbs)

INLET FLOW REGULATED PRIORITY PRESSURE RANGE


PORT SIZE (max) PRIORITY FLOW
Y Z
Adj. press. Press. increase Std. setting
l/min (gpm) l/min (gpm)
P-A-B T l/min (gpm)
max per turn
range bar (psi) bar(psi) / turn bar (psi)

03 G 1/2 G 1/4 100 (26) 85 (23) approx. 18 (4.8)


20
50-210 48 200
(725-3000) (696) (2900)
04 G 3/4 G 1/4 200 (53) 140 (37) approx. 20 (5.3)
100-350 95 350
35 (1450-5000) (1378) (5000)
05 G1 G 1/4 300 (79) 220 (58) approx. 26 (6.9)

06 G 1-1/4 G 1/4 400 (106) 300 (80) approx. 28 (7.4)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a STANDARD CONFIGURATION page 1/4 RE 00171/02.07
201
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

3-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL,


WITH PRESSURE COMPENSATED AND
SOLENOID CONTROLLED PRIORITY FLOW
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.20.80 - Y
PERFORMANCE CURVES

PRIORITY FLOW vs PRESSURE BY-PASS LINE PRESSURE DROP

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a STANDARD CONFIGURATION page 2/4 RE 00171/02.07
202
3-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL,
WITH PRESSURE COMPENSATED AND
SOLENOID CONTROLLED PRIORITY FLOW
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.20.80

The FLOW CONTROL VALVES series “A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS” are 3 way, with one inlet “P” and two outlets
“A” and “B”, the first outlet “A” being priority, pressure compensated type, with pressure relief valve and
available on demand through a solenoid cartridge; the second outlet “B” is the by-pass for all flow in excess
of what demanded by priority. Both flows from “A” and “B” ports can be employed to power different functions
of the machine.
These valves provide a simple and efficient way to power hydraulic tools (such as hydraulic hammers) from the
existing hydraulic system, without any need to modify the directional control valve.
Applications
They allow the simultaneous operations, independently from the respective working pressures, of both the
hydraulic actuator powered by the priority outlet “A”, and of the normal functions of the machine (traction, slewing,
cylinder motions, etc.) supplied by the main directional valve through the by-pass outlet “B”.

FITTING AND CONNECTIONS


When positioning and tightening the valve, avoid any deflection of the body which could prevent the internal spool
from sliding freely and impair the metering performance; it is recommended to use the 3 available fixation holes
as locating points and to fit 3 equal spacers (metal washers), one on each point, between the valve body and the
supporting structure.
Connections to the hydraulic system:
• Port “P” (inlet) to the main line from the pump.
• Port “A” (priority outlet) to the line feeding the hydraulic hammer, or the attachment. Important: for the
correct metering of the compensating spool the priority outlet shall be always pressurized, with a back-
pressure of at least 8-9 bar (115-130 psi); if necessary, fit a check valve with the needed cracking
pressure.
• Port “B” (by-pass, or excess flow outlet) to the line delivering the oil to the main directional valve.
• Port “T” to a tank line. It is absolutely necessary that port “T” is connected to a low pressure tank
line, 1-1.5 bar max (15-22 psi max).

SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVES

Port size Cracking Pressure Dimension mm (inches)


Ordering code
A-B bar (psi) C L L1
30 57 14
G 1/2 8 (115) 04.31.17.00.03.01.000
(1.18) (2.24) (0.55)
36 69 16
G 3/4 8 (115) 04.31.17.00.04.01.000
(1.42) (2.72) (0.63)
46 82 18
G1 8 (115) 04.31.17.00.05.01.000
(1.81) (3.23) (0.71)
55 102 20
G 1 1/4 8 (115) 04.31.17.00.06.01.000
(2.17) (4.02) (0.79)

Adjustment of priority flow


The volume of priority flow from port “A” can be easily modified by turning the screw (1): the flow increases by turning
the screw counter-clockwise and, once adjusted to the desired level, it remains constant independently from the
working pressure.

Adjustment of maximum priority pressure


The maximum pressure in the priority line “A” can be adjusted by turning the screw (5) of the small relief cartridge (6)
which controls the maximum pressure in the chamber (3): when this “pilot” cartridge opens, the pressure in chamber
(3) drops and the priority flow is stopped.
Note: the relief cartridge (6) controls only the maximum pressure in the priority outlet “A”, and does not control
the pressure in the by-pass and main line: the main line must be protected by another relief valve,
capable to discharge the full oil flow.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a STANDARD CONFIGURATION page 3/4 RE 00171/02.07
203
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

3-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL,


WITH PRESSURE COMPENSATED AND
SOLENOID CONTROLLED PRIORITY FLOW
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.20.80

Ordering code: OD.02.17 - X - Y - Z COILS Attention: indicated coils fit every hammer valve versions

TECHNICAL DATA
Weight: 0.180 kg (0.4 lbs)
Encapsulating material: IXEF
Heat insulation Class H: 180°C (356°F)
Ambient temperature range: -30/+60°C (-86/+140°F)
Inlet voltage fluctuations must not exceed ±10% of nominal voltage to obtain correct
operation and long life coils.

X Y Connections Circuit Voltage


01 30 DIN 43650 - ISO 4400 Standard DC-RAC
07 30 AMP JUNIOR Standard DC only
0G 03 SINGLE LEAD Standard DC only *
14 30 DIN 43650 - ISO 4400 Bidirectionl Diode DC only
15 30 AMP JUNIOR Bidirectional Diode DC only
0H 03 SINGLE LEAD Bidirectional Diode DC only *
* Length 300mm (11.8 inches). Ext. diameter 6.3mm (0.25 inches). External and internal Shealth Silicone rubber.

Voltage V Resistance Ohm (±7%) Power W Current A ∆T °C (°F)


1 hour energized
Z at Ta=20-25°C
Nominal Ta = 20-25°C (68-77°F) Cold coil Cold coil Hot coil (68-77°F)
Nominal voltage

OB 12 DC 7.4 20 1.62 1.19


OC 24 DC 28.5 20 0.85 0.61 105-110
(221-230)
OG 14 DC 20
AC 26 DC 34.3 20 0.76 0.54

X Y Connections Circuit Voltage


20 30 DEUTSCH DT04-2P-L Standard DC only
20 3P DEUTSCH DT04-2P-V Standard DC only
30 3P AMP SUPERSEAL-V Standard DC only
22 30 DEUTSCH DT04-2P-L Bidirectionl Diode DC only
22 3P DEUTSCH DT04-2P-V Bidirectional Diode DC only
32 3P AMP SUPERSEAL-V Bidirectional Diode DC only

Voltage V Resistance Ohm (±7%) Power W Current A ∆T °C (°F)


1 hour energized
Z at Ta=20-25°C
Nominal Ta = 20-25°C (68-77°F) Cold coil Cold coil Hot coil (68-77°F)
Nominal voltage

OB 12 DC 7.4 20 1.62 1.19


105-110
OC 24 DC 28.5 20 0.85 0.61
(221-230)
AC 26 DC 34.3 20 0.76 0.54

Protection IP69 - DIN 40050 part 9


These coils have passed the THERMAL SHOCK DUNK TEST

SPARE PARTS
SOLENOID CARTRIDGE RELIEF CARTRIDGE
Port size Ordering code Port size Ordering code
0M.43.20.80.03.20 0M.43.20.80.03.20
0M.43.20.80.03.35 0M.43.20.80.04.20
OD.15.02.18.1A.S0.000 04.11.48.03.56.20
0M.43.20.80.04.20 0M.43.20.80.05.20
0M.43.20.80.04.35 0M.43.20.80.06.20
0M.43.20.80.05.20 0M.43.20.80.03.35
0M.43.20.80.05.35 0M.43.20.80.04.35
OD.13.20.67.39.00.000 04.11.48.03.56.35
0M.43.20.80.06.20 0M.43.20.80.05.35
0M.43.20.80.06.35 0M.43.20.80.06.35

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a STANDARD CONFIGURATION page 4/4 RE 00171/02.07
204
5-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL, WITH PRESSURE
COMPENSATED AND SOLENOID CONTROLLED
PRIORITY FLOW, FOR TWO PUMPS SYSTEMS
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.12.80 - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max priority line pressure: limited by relief valve (6),


(see table “Z”)
Back pressure at T port: 1.5 bar (20 psi)

Drain from T, with solenoid valve up to 1.5 l/min


non-energized: (up to 0.4 gpm)
Steel body

21 4.5 109 70.5 42 61 78 32.5 76 173 73 14.5 90 16.5 80 38 34 139 9 41 56 103 18


G1
(.83) (.18) (4.29) (2.78) (1.65) (2.4) (3.07) (1.28) (2.99) (6.81) (2.87) (.57) (3.54) (.65) (3.15) (1.5) (1.34) (5.47) (.35) (1.61) (2.21) (4.06) (39.7)

21 4.5 89 59 34 47 61 34 50 140 73 17.5 73 16.5 73.5 38 34 124 9 29 46 81 10.7


G 3/4
(.83) (.18) (3.5) (2.32) (1.34) (1.85) (2.4) (1.34) (1.97) (5.51) (2.87) (.69) (2.87) (.65) (2.89) (1.5) (1.34) (4.88) (.35) (1.14) (1.81) (3.19) (23.6)

21 4.5 69 53.5 38 35.5 56.5 28.5 50 129.5 73 8.5 63 13.5 60 38 34 100 9 26 33 73.5 6.5
G 1/2
(.83) (.18) (2.72) (2.11) (1.5) (1.4) (2.22) (1.12) (1.97) (5.1) (2.87) (.34) (2.48) (.53) (2.36) (1.5) (1.34) (3.94) (.35) (1.02) (1.3) (2.89) (14.3)

Weight
S2 S1 S L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L I H6 H5 H4 H3 H2 H1 H F G M N Y Kg (lbs)

INLET FLOW REGULATED PRIORITY PRESSURE RANGE


PORT SIZE (max) PRIORITY FLOW
Z
Y l/min (gpm)
Adj. press.
range bar (psi)
Press. increase
bar(psi) / turn
Std. setting
bar (psi)
P1-P2 l/min (gpm) l/min (gpm)
A T max per turn
B1-B2 50-210 48 200
P1 P2
20 (725-3000) (696) (2900)
03 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1/4 100 (26) 100 (26) 150 (40) approx. 32 (8.45)
100-350 95 350
35 (1450-5000) (1378) (5000)
04 G 3/4 G1 G 1/4 200 (53) 200 (53) 250 (65) approx. 35 (9.25)

05 G1 G 1-1/4 G 1/4 300 (79) 300 (79) 390 (103) approx. 46 (12.15)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a 2-PUMPS CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION page 1/4 RE 00171/02.07
205
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

5-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL, WITH PRESSURE


COMPENSATED AND SOLENOID CONTROLLED
PRIORITY FLOW, FOR TWO PUMPS SYSTEMS
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.12.80 - Y
PERFORMANCE CURVES

PRIORITY FLOW vs PRESSURE BY-PASS LINE PRESSURE DROP

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a 2-PUMPS CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION page 2/4 RE 00171/02.07
206
5-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL, WITH PRESSURE
COMPENSATED AND SOLENOID CONTROLLED
PRIORITY FLOW, FOR TWO PUMPS SYSTEMS
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.12.80

The FLOW CONTROL VALVES code 0M.43.12.80 are 3 way, with two separate inlets P1 and P2 and
three outlets “A” and “B1” and “B2”, the first outlet “A” being priority, pressure compensated type, with
pressure relief valve, and available on demand through a solenoid cartridge; the second and third outlets “B1”
and “B2” are the by-pass for all flow in excess of what demanded by priority. All flows from “A”, “B1” and “B2”
ports can be employed to power different functions of the machine.
These valves provide a simple and efficient way to power hydraulic tools (such as hydraulic hammers) from the
existing hydraulic system, without any need to modify the directional control valve.
Applications
They allow the simultaneous operations, independently from the respective working pressures, of both the
hydraulic actuator powered by the priority outlet “A”, and of the normal functions of the machine (traction, slewing,
cylinder motions, etc.) supplied by the main directional valve through the by-pass outlet “B1” and “B2”.

FITTING AND CONNECTIONS


When positioning and tightening the valve, avoid any deflection of the body which could prevent the internal spool
from sliding freely and impair the metering performance; it is recommended to use the 3 available fixation holes
as locating points and to fit 3 equal spacers (metal washers), one on each point, between the valve body and the
supporting structure.
Connections to the hydraulic system:
• Port “P1” and “P2” (inlets) to the main line from the pumps.
• Port “A” (priority outlet) to the line feeding the hydraulic hammer, or the attachment. Important: for the
correct metering of the compensating spool the priority outlet shall be always pressurized, with a back-
pressure of at least 8-9 bar (115-130 psi); if necessary, fit a check valve with the needed cracking
pressure.
• Port “B1” and “B2” (by-pass, or excess flow outlet) to the lines delivering the oil to the main directional valve.
• Port “T” to a tank line. It is absolutely necessary that port “T” is connected to a low pressure tank
line, 1-1.5 bar max (15-22 psi max).

SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVES

Port size Cracking Pressure Dimension mm (inches)


Ordering code
A-B bar (psi) C L L1
30 57 14
G 1/2 8 (115) 04.31.17.00.03.01.000
(1.18) (2.24) (0.55)
36 69 16
G 3/4 8 (115) 04.31.17.00.04.01.000
(1.42) (2.72) (0.63)
46 82 18
G1 8 (115) 04.31.17.00.05.01.000
(1.81) (3.23) (0.71)

Adjustment of priority flow


The volume of priority flow from port “A” can be easily modified by turning the screw (1): the flow increases by turning
the screw counter-clockwise and, once adjusted to the desired level, it remains constant independently from the
working pressure.

Adjustment of maximum priority pressure


The maximum pressure in the priority line “A” can be adjusted by turning the screw (5) of the small relief cartridge (6)
which controls the maximum pressure in the chamber (3): when this “pilot” cartridge opens, the pressure in chamber
(3) drops and the priority flow is stopped.
Note: the relief cartridge (6) controls only the maximum pressure in the priority outlet “A”, and does not control
the pressure in the by-pass and main line: the main line must be protected by another relief valve,
capable to discharge the full oil flow.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a 2-PUMPS CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION page 3/4 RE 00171/02.07
207
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

5-WAY HEAVY DUTY FLOW CONTROL, WITH PRESSURE


COMPENSATED AND SOLENOID CONTROLLED
PRIORITY FLOW, FOR TWO PUMPS SYSTEMS
A-VRFC3C-VEI-VS 0M.43.12.80

Ordering code: OD.02.17 - X - Y - Z COILS Attention: indicated coils fit every hammer valve versions

TECHNICAL DATA
Weight:0.180 kg (0.4 lbs)
Encapsulating material: IXEF
Heat insulation Class H: 180°C (356°F)
Ambient temperature range: -30/+60°C (-86/+140°F)
Inlet voltage fluctuations must not exceed ±10% of nominal voltage to obtain correct
operation and long life coils.

X Y Connections Circuit Voltage


01 30 DIN 43650 - ISO 4400 Standard DC-RAC
07 30 AMP JUNIOR Standard DC only
0G 03 SINGLE LEAD Standard DC only *
14 30 DIN 43650 - ISO 4400 Bidirectionl Diode DC only
15 30 AMP JUNIOR Bidirectional Diode DC only
0H 03 SINGLE LEAD Bidirectional Diode DC only *
* Length 300mm (11.8 inches). Ext. diameter 6.3mm (0.25 inches). External and internal Shealth Silicone rubber.

Voltage V Resistance Ohm (±7%) Power W Current A ∆T °C (°F)


1 hour energized
Z at Ta=20-25°C
Nominal Ta = 20-25°C (68-77°F) Cold coil Cold coil Hot coil (68-77°F)
Nominal voltage

OB 12 DC 7.4 20 1.62 1.19


OC 24 DC 28.5 20 0.85 0.61 105-110
(221-230)
OG 14 DC 20
AC 26 DC 34.3 20 0.76 0.54

X Y Connections Circuit Voltage


20 30 DEUTSCH DT04-2P-L Standard DC only
20 3P DEUTSCH DT04-2P-V Standard DC only
30 3P AMP SUPERSEAL-V Standard DC only
22 30 DEUTSCH DT04-2P-L Bidirectionl Diode DC only
22 3P DEUTSCH DT04-2P-V Bidirectional Diode DC only
32 3P AMP SUPERSEAL-V Bidirectional Diode DC only

Voltage V Resistance Ohm (±7%) Power W Current A ∆T °C (°F)


1 hour energized
Z at Ta=20-25°C
Nominal Ta = 20-25°C (68-77°F) Cold coil Cold coil Hot coil (68-77°F)
Nominal voltage

OB 12 DC 7.4 20 1.62 1.19


105-110
OC 24 DC 28.5 20 0.85 0.61
(221-230)
AC 26 DC 34.3 20 0.76 0.54

Protection IP69 - DIN 40050 part 9


These coils have passed the THERMAL SHOCK DUNK TEST

SPARE PARTS
SOLENOID CARTRIDGE RELIEF CARTRIDGE
Port size Ordering code Port size Ordering code
0M.43.12.80.03.20 0M.43.12.80.03.20
0M.43.12.80.03.35
OD.15.02.18.1A.S0.000 0M.43.12.80.04.20 04.11.48.03.56.20
0M.43.12.80.04.20
0M.43.12.80.04.35 0M.43.12.80.05.20

0M.43.12.80.05.20 0M.43.12.80.03.35

OD.13.20.67.39.00.000 0M.43.12.80.04.35 04.11.48.03.56.35


0M.43.12.80.05.35
0M.43.12.80.05.35

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a 2-PUMPS CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION page 4/4 RE 00171/02.07
208
FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

DRF 0M.51.03.90.02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Weight: 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open. range: generally it never exceeds ± 3%.

PORT SIZE
V C1 - C2
G 3/8 G 3/8

Z INLET CAPACITY

55 2.8 to 5.8 l/min (.75 to 1.53 gpm)


11 6.5 to 11 l/min (1.72 to 2.91 gpm)
22 13 to 22 l/min (3.44 to 5.81 gpm)
38 25 to 38 l/min (6.61 to 10 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


209
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

DRF 0M.51.03.90.03 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Weight: 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open. range: generally it never exceeds ± 3%.

PORT SIZE
V C1 - C2
G 1/2 G 3/8

Z INLET CAPACITY

11 6.5 to 11 l/min (1.72 to 2.91 gpm)


22 13 to 22 l/min (3.44 to 5.81 gpm)
38 25 to 38 l/min (6.61 to 10 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


210
FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

DRF 0M.51.03.90.04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open. range: generally it never exceeds ± 3%.

PORT SIZE
V C1 - C2
G 3/4 G 1/2

Z INLET CAPACITY

52 28 to 55 l/min (7.4 to 14.53 gpm)


95 56 to 95 l/min (14.8 to 25.1 gpm)
150 90 to 150 l/min (27.78 to 39.63 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


211
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

DRF 0M.51.03.90.05 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open. range: generally it never exceeds ± 3%.

PORT SIZE
V C1 - C2
G1 G 3/4

Z INLET CAPACITY

95 56 to 95 l/min (14.8 to 25.1 gpm)


150 90 to 150 l/min (27.78 to 39.63 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


212
FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

A-DRF 0M.E1.21.90.02 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Weight: 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs)

Steel body

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),


the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is range: generally it never exceeds ± 2%.
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open.

PORT SIZE
V C1 - C2
G 3/8 G 3/8

Z INLET CAPACITY

04 2 to 4 l/min (.53 to 1.04 gpm)


08 4 to 8 l/min (1.06 to 2.11 gpm)
16 8 to 16 l/min (2.11 to 4.23 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


213
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

A-DRF 0M.E1.21.90.03 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Weight: 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs)

Steel body

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),


the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is range: generally it never exceeds ± 2%.
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open.

PORT SIZE
Y
V C1 - C2
03 G 1/2 G 3/8

Z INLET CAPACITY

08 4 to 8 l/min (1.06 to 2.11 gpm)


16 8 to 16 l/min (2.11 to 4.23 gpm)
32 16 to 32 l/min (4.23 to 8.45 gpm)
50 25 to 50 l/min (6.61 to 13.21 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


214
FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

A-DRF 0M.E1.03.90.04 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Weight: 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs)

Steel body

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),


the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is range: generally it never exceeds ± 3%.
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open.

PORT SIZE
V C1 - C2
G 3/4 G 1/2

Y INLET CAPACITY

52 28 to 55 l/min (7.4 to 14.53 gpm)


95 56 to 95 l/min (14.8 to 25.1 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


215
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

FLOW DIVIDER, COMBINER

A-DRF 0M.E1.03.90.05 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Weight: 6.1 kg (13.3 lbs)

Steel body

Flow division ratio: 50%-50%

For any chosen inlet flow capacity (refer to table Z),


the slippage, or the difference from theoretical value
between the divided flows, depends from the inlet
This valve gives division of input flow from V to C1-C2, and re-combines flows in reverse flow, and is lowest in the top portion of the selected
direction from C1-C2 to V. The ratio between the flows through C1 and through C2 is range: generally it never exceeds ± 3%.
maintained constant (typically 50% / 50%) over a wide range of pressure variations and of
pressure imbalance in order to synchronize the motion of 2 actuators in both forward and
reverse directions. In flow division mode, should either C1 or C2 be blocked, approximately
1÷2% of the available flow can be forced through the port still open.

PORT SIZE
V C1 - C2
G1 G 3/4

Z INLET CAPACITY

95 56 to 95 l/min (14.8 to 25.1 gpm)


150 90 to 150 l/min (27.78 to 39.63 gpm)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


216
Auxiliary valves
Sleeve type check

217
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

AUXILIARY VALVES

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of parts-in-body valve modules for many different functions of hydraulic
systems in both mobile and industrial equipment. The following data sheet show only a fraction of this miscellaneous
product range, and our Service Network is available to show solutions and to give suggestions if the customer’s
application requires other than here indicated.

7a) SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVES


They have an hexagonal steel body, and can be fitted directly onto pipes or hoses for maximum
space saving.

7b) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES


They regulate the pressure in a secondary circuit. When the regulated, or “reduced”, pressure
is attained, the internal spool backs-up and blocks the flow inlet. Often, these valves incorporate
also a relief feature which exhausts to tank the secondary circuit at a variable level above the
“reduced” pressure setting.
For correct operation, the valve is drained to tank; back pressure in the tank line is additive in all
functions. A few of these valves have a check valve for reverse flow, back into the main circuit
directly.

7c) SEQUENCE VALVES


They are pressure controlled normally closed two way valves, designed to
assure that one circuit is pressurized before a second one. They control
the sequence of two or more cylinders or motors, while maintaining
pressure on the actuator which has moved first. When pressure in the
first circuit has attained the selected setting, the sequence valve opens
and the second circuit is supplied. Sequence valves are similar to relief
valves but, generally, they have a balanced piston (either air vented,
or with drain), and they are insensitive to downstream pressure. They
also incorporate a check valve for free reverse flow; reverse motion
proceeds without specific control of the sequence, determined only by
the load conditions on each actuator.

7d) SHUTTLE VALVES


They allow flow to C from whichever of the V1 or V2 lines is at higher pressure.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


218
SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVE

VU-FF 04.37.02.00 - Y - Z

PORTS Max Pressure Max Flow L C WEIGHT


Y (Steel body)
A-B bar psi l/min gpm mm Inches mm Inches kg lbs
09 G 1/4 350 5000 30 8 58 2.28 19 0.75 - - VU-FF-14

02 G 3/8 350 5000 60 16 58 2.28 24 0.95 - - VU-FF-38

03 G 1/2 350 5000 60 16 75 2.95 30 1.18 0.35 0.77 VU-FF-12

04 G 3/4 350 5000 130 34 85 3.35 36 1.42 0.5 1.1 VU-FF-34

05 G1 350 5000 250 66 106 4.17 46 1.81 1.05 2.3 VU-FF-100

06 G 1-1/4 350 5000 350 93 130 5.12 55 2.17 1.65 3.6 VU-FF-114

SPRINGS
Z Cracking presure Ordering code Ordering code Ordering code Ordering code Ordering code Ordering code

bar psi Y=09 Y=02 Y=03 Y=04 Y=05 Y=06


00 0.3 4.4 03.51.01.451 03.51.01.459 03.51.01.435 03.51.01.432 03.51.01.436 03.51.01.437
01 8 116 / / 03.51.01.428 03.51.01.450 03.51.01.430 03.51.01.429
02 3.5 51 / / 03.51.01.434 03.51.01.433 03.51.01.426 03.51.01.438
03 5 72.5 03.51.01.375 03.51.01.460 / 03.51.01.431 03.51.01.321 /
04 2 29 / / / / 03.51.01.440 /

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


219
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVE

VU-MF 04.31.17.00 - Y - Z

PORTS Max Pressure Max Flow L I C WEIGHT


Y (Steel body)
A-B bar psi l/min gpm mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches kg lbs
03 G 1/2 350 5000 60 16 57 2.24 14 0.55 30 1.18 0.30 0.66 VU-MF-12

04 G 3/4 350 5000 130 34 69 2.72 16 0.63 36 1.42 0.44 0.97 VU-MF-34

05 G1 350 5000 250 66 82 3.23 18 0.71 46 1.81 0.90 1.98 VU-MF-100

06 G 1-1/4 350 5000 350 93 102 4.02 20 0.79 55 2.17 1.50 3.31 VU-MF-114

SPRINGS
Z Cracking presure Ordering code Ordering code Ordering code Ordering code

bar psi Y=03 Y=04 Y=05 Y=06


01 8 116 03.51.01.428 03.51.01.450 03.51.01.430 03.51.01.429

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


220
Auxiliary valves
Pressure reducing

221
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

AUXILIARY VALVES

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of parts-in-body valve modules for many different functions of hydraulic
systems in both mobile and industrial equipment. The following data sheet show only a fraction of this miscellaneous
product range, and our Service Network is available to show solutions and to give suggestions if the customer’s
application requires other than here indicated.

7a) SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVES


They have an hexagonal steel body, and can be fitted directly onto pipes or hoses for maximum
space saving.

7b) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES


They regulate the pressure in a secondary circuit. When the regulated, or “reduced”, pressure
is attained, the internal spool backs-up and blocks the flow inlet. Often, these valves incorporate
also a relief feature which exhausts to tank the secondary circuit at a variable level above the
“reduced” pressure setting.
For correct operation, the valve is drained to tank; back pressure in the tank line is additive in all
functions. A few of these valves have a check valve for reverse flow, back into the main circuit
directly.

7c) SEQUENCE VALVES


They are pressure controlled normally closed two way valves, designed to
assure that one circuit is pressurized before a second one. They control
the sequence of two or more cylinders or motors, while maintaining
pressure on the actuator which has moved first. When pressure in the
first circuit has attained the selected setting, the sequence valve opens
and the second circuit is supplied. Sequence valves are similar to relief
valves but, generally, they have a balanced piston (either air vented,
or with drain), and they are insensitive to downstream pressure. They
also incorporate a check valve for free reverse flow; reverse motion
proceeds without specific control of the sequence, determined only by
the load conditions on each actuator.

7d) SHUTTLE VALVES


They allow flow to C from whichever of the V1 or V2 lines is at higher pressure.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


222
PRESSURE REDUCING AND RELIEVING,
DIRECT ACTING SPOOL TYPE

VRP-R 05.90.27 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 0.85 kg (1.9 lbs)


Initially, flow passes freely from P to REG. When the pressure at REG exceeds the
pressure setting, the valve acts to restrict input flow at P. This increases the pressure Max leakage: 10 cc/min (0.6 in3/min) at 90% of
drop through the valve and maintains consistent pressure at REG. The spring chamber is pressure setting.
drained to prevent a build-up of back-pressure against the spool. Additionally, if pressure
at REG rises above the pressure setting, flow is relieved to R (Tank) until the setting is
re-attained.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting P - R - REG
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
02 2-21 (30-305) 3 (44) 10 (145)

04 3-42 (44-610) 5 (73) 20 (290)

06 7-63 (102-914) 8 (116) 30 (435)

10 11-105 (160-1525) 13 (189) 50 (725)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


223
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PRESSURE REDUCING AND RELIEVING,


DIRECT ACTING SPOOL TYPE,
FREE FLOW CHECK VALVE
VRP-R-VU 05.90.19 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 20 l/min (5 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1 kg (2.2 lbs)


Initially, flow passes freely from P to REG. When the pressure at REG exceeds the pressure
setting, the valve acts to restrict input flow at P. This increases the pressure drop through Max leakage: 10 cc/min (0.6 in3/min) at 90% of pres-
the valve and maintains consistent pressure at REG. The spring chamber is drained to sure setting.
prevent a build-up of back-pressure against the spool. Additionally, if pressure at REG
rises above the pressure setting, flow is relieved to R (Tank) until the setting is re-attained.
A check valve allows quick emptying of REGULATED circuit when inlet pressure drops
low.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting P - R - REG
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
02 2-21 (30-305) 3 (44) 10 (145)

04 3-42 (44-610) 5 (73) 20 (290)

06 7-63 (102-914) 8 (116) 30 (435)

10 11-105 (160-1525) 13 (189) 50 (725)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


224
PRESSURE REDUCING
PILOT OPERATED SPOOL TYPE

VRPC-150 05.90.33 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 120 l/min (32 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 1 kg (2.2 lbs)


Initially, flow passes freely from P to REG. When the pressure at REG exceeds the pressure
setting, the valve acts to restrict input flow at P. This increases the pressure drop through Standard internal orifice: 0.6 mm
the valve and maintains consistent pressure at REG. The spring chamber is drained to
prevent a build-up of back-pressure against the spool.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

04 Handknob and locknut

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting P - REG R
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
20 20-210 (290-3000) 32 (464) 100 (1450) 04 G 3/4 G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


225
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


226
Auxiliary valves
Sequence

227
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

AUXILIARY VALVES

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of parts-in-body valve modules for many different functions of hydraulic
systems in both mobile and industrial equipment. The following data sheet show only a fraction of this miscellaneous pro-
duct range, and our Service Network is available to show solutions and to give suggestions if the customer’s application
requires other than here indicated.

7a) SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVES


They have an hexagonal steel body, and can be fitted directly onto pipes or hoses for maximum
space saving.

7b) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES


They regulate the pressure in a secondary circuit. When the regulated, or “reduced”, pressure
is attained, the internal spool backs-up and blocks the flow inlet. Often, these valves incorporate
also a relief feature which exhausts to tank the secondary circuit at a variable level above the
“reduced” pressure setting.
For correct operation, the valve is drained to tank; back pressure in the tank line is additive in all
functions. A few of these valves have a check valve for reverse flow, back into the main circuit
directly.

7c) SEQUENCE VALVES


They are pressure controlled normally closed two way valves, designed to
assure that one circuit is pressurized before a second one. They control
the sequence of two or more cylinders or motors, while maintaining
pressure on the actuator which has moved first. When pressure in the
first circuit has attained the selected setting, the sequence valve opens
and the second circuit is supplied. Sequence valves are similar to relief
valves but, generally, they have a balanced piston (either air vented,
or with drain), and they are insensitive to downstream pressure. They
also incorporate a check valve for free reverse flow; reverse motion
proceeds without specific control of the sequence, determined only by
the load conditions on each actuator.

7d) SHUTTLE VALVES


They allow flow to C from whichever of the V1 or V2 lines is at higher pressure.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


228
SEQUENCE, DIRECT ACTING POPPET TYPE

VSQ-10 05.21.06 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 10 l/min (3 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 0.3 kg (0.7 lbs)


Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a first
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the Pressure drop curves are shown with zero back
relief cartridge and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to pressure on “C1” port.
C1. Note that pressure at C1, i.e. the pressure needed to operate the second actuator, is
additive to the relief setting of the valve. The check valve allows reverse flow, from C1 to This valve is successfully employed to energize a
V1. secondary actuator which only requires low pressure
and low flow (for example: a sliding safety bolt).

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1 - C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4
10 35-140 (500-2000) 48 (696) 100 (1450)

20 70-280 (1000-4000) 88 (1276) 200 (2900)

35 140-420 (2000-6000) 140 (2030) 350 (5000)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


229
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SEQUENCE, DIRECT ACTING POPPET TYPE

VSQ-30 05.21.07 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 0.81 kg (1.8 lbs)


Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a first
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the Pressure drop curves are shown with zero back
relief cartridge and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to pressure on “C1” port.
C1. Note that pressure at C1, i.e. the pressure needed to operate the second actuator, is
additive to the relief setting of the valve. The hydraulic damping of the relief poppet provides This valve is successfully employed when the pressure
enhanced stability at all flows. The check valve allows reverse flow, from C1 to V1. needed to move the secondary actuator is not very
high.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
05 5-50 (75-725) 12 (174) 50 (725) 03 G 1/2
10 30-100 (435-1450) 24 (348) 100 (1450)

20 50-210 (725-3000) 47 (682) 200 (2900)

35 100-350 (1450-5000) 82 (1189) 350 (5000)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


230
SEQUENCE, PILOT OPERATED SPOOL TYPE

VSQP-150 05.21.15 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 1.07 kg (2.4 lbs)

Leakage: 100 cc/min (6 in3/min) at max relief setting.


Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a first
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the
relief cartridge and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to C1. Pressure drop curves are shown with zero back
The relief cartridge is pilot operated and combines stability with low pressure drop. Note pressure on “C1” port.
that pressure at C1, i.e. the pressure needed to operate the second actuator, is additive to
the relief setting of the valve. The check valve allows reverse flow, from C1 to V1. This valve is successfully employed when the pressure
needed to move the secondary actuator is not very
high.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.004

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
05 3-70 (44-1000) 20 (290) 50 (725) 04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


231
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SEQUENCE, DIRECT ACTING POPPET TYPE

VSQ-20-LM 0T.S1.01.00.02 - Z - W

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Steel body

Weigth: 0.18 kg (0.4 lbs)

This valve is successfully employed when the pressure


needed to move the secondary actuator is not very
high.
Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V, not shown here, and energizes a first
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the
relief poppet and passes from V to C energizing the second actuator connected to C. Note
that pressure at C, i.e. the pressure needed to operate the second actuator, is additive to
the relief setting of the valve. Reverse flow, from C to V , is allowed by the complete relief
assembly which acts as check valve poppet.

PORT SIZE
V-C
G 3/8

SPRINGS Std. SETTING bar (psi) Q=1 l/min


W
Z Adj. press. Z=05 Z=10 Z=20 Z=35
range bar
(psi) 01 10 (145) 8 (1160) 140 (2030)210 (3045)
05 10-70 (145-1000) 02 20 (290) 90 (1305) 150 (2175) 220 (3190)
10 70-130 (1000-1900) 03 30 (435) 100 (1450) 160 (2320)
20 130-200 (1900-2900) 04 40 (580) 110 (1595) 170 (2465)
35 200-350 (1900-5000) 05 50 (725) 120 (1740) 180 (2610)
06 60 (870) 130 (1885) 190 (2755)
07 70 (1015) 200(2900)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


232
SEQUENCE, DIRECT ACTING POPPET TYPE

VSQ-30-LM 05.21.16.00.03 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 80 l/min (21 gpm)

Steel body

Weight: 0.6 kg (1.3 lbs)

Pressure drop curves are shown with zero back


pressure on “C1” port.

(*) Z = 02 is only supplied for special applications.


This valve is successfully employed when the pressure
Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a needed to move the secondary actuator is not very
first actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens high.
the relief poppet and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to
C1. Note that pressure at C1, i.e. the pressure needed to operate the second actuator, is
additive to the relief setting of the valve. Reverse flow, from C1 to V1, is allowed by the
included annular check valve.

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour V1-C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2
02* 10-30 (145-435) 9 (131) 20 (290) 03.51.01.155 green

05 25-70 (360-1000) 21 (305) 50 (725) 03.51.01.106 green

10 30-120 (435-1750) 47 (682) 120 (1750) 03.51.01.171 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


233
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SEQUENCE, DIRECT ACTING POPPET TYPE,


COMPENSATED

VSQ-CC-30 05.21.11 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 0.81 kg (1.8 lbs)


Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a first
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the For a good performance, the pressure in the secondary
relief cartridge and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to circuit should not drop below 20 bar.
C1. The valve applies a balanced relief piston allowing relief operation at the valve setting
independent of back-pressure at C1. With line pressure equal or higher than setting, after
valve opening, the full pressure is transferred from V1 to C1 and to the second actuator.
The hydraulic damping of the relief piston provides enhanced stability at all flows. The
check valve allows reverse flow, from C1 to V1.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
05 5-50 (75-725) 11 (160) 50 (725) 03 G 1/2
10 30-100 (435-1450) 23 (334) 100 (1450)

20 50-210 (725-3000) 47 (682) 200 (2900)

35 100-350 (1450-5000) 82 (1189) 350 (5000)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


234
SEQUENCE, PILOT OPERATED SPOOL TYPE,
COMPENSATED

VSQP-CC-150 05.24.06 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 150 l/min (40 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs)


Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a first
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the
relief cartridge and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to Leakage: 100 cc/min (6 in3/min) at max relief setting.
C1. The valve applies a balanced relief piston allowing relief operation at the valve setting
independent of back-pressure at C1. With line pressure equal or higher than setting, after For a good performance, the pressure in the secondary
valve opening, the full pressure is transferred from V1 to C1 and to the second actuator. circuit should not drop below 20 bar (290 psi).
The check valve allows reverse flow, from C1 to V1.

X ADJUSTMENTS

Leakproof inner hex. socket


03 screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting V1-C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
20 10-210 (145-3000) 35 (508) 200 (2900) 04 G 3/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


235
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SEQUENCE, DIRECT ACTING POPPET TYPE,


COMPENSATED

VSQ-CC-LM 05.21.19.00 - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 60 l/min (16 gpm)

Steel body

Weigth: 0.38 kg (0.8 lbs)

Installation torque: 88 - 90 Nm ( 65 - 67 ft-lb)

Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a first For a good performance, the pressure in the secondary
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the circuit should not drop below 20 bar (290 psi).
relief cartridge and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to
C1. The valve applies a balanced relief piston allowing relief operation at the valve setting
independent of back-pressure at C1. With line pressure equal or higher than setting, after
valve opening, the full pressure is transferred from V1 to C1 and to the second actuator.
The check valve allows reverse flow, from C1 to V1.

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering V1-C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 02 G 3/8
01 50-140 (725-2000) 25 (363) 100 (1450) 03.51.01.256

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


236
SEQUENCE, DIRECT ACTING POPPET TYPE,
COMPENSATED

VSQ-CC-LM 05.21.17.00 - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Max flow: 100 l/min (27 gpm)

Steel body

Weigth: 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)

For a good performance, the pressure in the secondary


circuit should not drop below 20 bar (290psi).

Initially, the flow goes to a side line connected to V1, not shown here, and energizes a first
actuator until pressure increases to meet the selected valve setting; then flow opens the
relief cartridge and passes from V1 to C1 energizing the second actuator connected to
C1. The valve applies a balanced relief piston allowing relief operation at the valve setting
independent of back-pressure at C1. With line pressure equal or higher than setting, after
valve opening, the full pressure is transferred from V1 to C1 and to the second actuator.
The check valve allows reverse flow, from C1 to V1.

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering V1-C1
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2
10 50-140 (725-2000) 20 (290) 100 (1450) 03.51.01.251

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


237
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


238
Auxiliary valves
Shuttle

239
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

AUXILIARY VALVES

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of parts-in-body valve modules for many different functions of hydraulic
systems in both mobile and industrial equipment. The following data sheet show only a fraction of this miscellaneous
product range, and our Service Network is available to show solutions and to give suggestions if the customer’s
application requires other than here indicated.

7a) SLEEVE TYPE CHECK VALVES


They have an hexagonal steel body, and can be fitted directly onto pipes or hoses for maximum
space saving.

7b) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES


They regulate the pressure in a secondary circuit. When the regulated, or “reduced”, pressure
is attained, the internal spool backs-up and blocks the flow inlet. Often, these valves incorporate
also a relief feature which exhausts to tank the secondary circuit at a variable level above the
“reduced” pressure setting.
For correct operation, the valve is drained to tank; back pressure in the tank line is additive in all
functions. A few of these valves have a check valve for reverse flow, back into the main circuit
directly.

7c) SEQUENCE VALVES


They are pressure controlled normally closed two way valves, designed to
assure that one circuit is pressurized before a second one. They control
the sequence of two or more cylinders or motors, while maintaining
pressure on the actuator which has moved first. When pressure in the
first circuit has attained the selected setting, the sequence valve opens
and the second circuit is supplied. Sequence valves are similar to relief
valves but, generally, they have a balanced piston (either air vented,
or with drain), and they are insensitive to downstream pressure. They
also incorporate a check valve for free reverse flow; reverse motion
proceeds without specific control of the sequence, determined only by
the load conditions on each actuator.

7d) SHUTTLE VALVES


They allow flow to C from whichever of the V1 or V2 lines is at higher pressure.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


240
SHUTTLE

VFC 05.99.05.00 - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 50 l/min (13 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 0.17 kg (0.4 lbs)


Single ball shuttle valve with 3 ports for in-line plumbing: when the ports V1 and V2 are
connected to 2 work lines, the valve delivers the highest of the 2 pressures to the common
port C. The single ball allows for the decay of the pressure signal when both work ports
drop to a lower pressure level.

PORT SIZE
Y
V1-V2-C
09 G 1/4

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


241
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


242
Special valves

243
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

SPECIAL VALVES

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control manufactures a variety of parts-in-body valve modules for many different functions of the
hydraulic systems in both mobile and industrial equipment; among them are the ones here listed, with the relevant details
attached in this catalogue.

- Shut-off valves for pressure gauge protection


- Unloading valves
- Dual pump unloading valves
- Self-reversing directional valves
- Hot oil shuttle valves for hydrostatic transmissions

These valve modules represent only a fraction of this miscellaneous product range; our Service Network is available to
show solutions and to give suggestions if the customer’s application requires other than what here indicated.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


244
AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF

VEM 05.98.03 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 15 l/min (4 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weigth: 0.66 kg (1.5 lbs)


It is intended for protection of a pressure gauge M connected to a pressure line P; the
valve blocks excess pressure to the instrument M, preventing calibration failure, internal
damage, and “blow-out” from over-ranging – a principal cause of instrument failure.
The valve is normally open, and positively closes, without chattering, when the adjusted
pressure threshold is reached; a pressure reduction at P port below the set value will
automatically re-open the valve, without requiring external re-setting.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour P-M
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 09 G 1/4
05 15-50 (220-725) 15.5 (225) 50 (725) 03.51.01.150 black

10 35-100 (500-1450) 33 (479) 100 (1450) 03.51.01.151 blue

20 80-210 (1150-3000) 68 (986) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.152 green

35 180-350(2600-5000) 100 (1450) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.142 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


245
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PILOT OPERATED UNLOADING

BM-N 05.93.04 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 200 l/min (53 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

This valve unloads a pump or a pressure line to tank when a pilot pressure is reached. Flow
from P to T is normally blocked by the main spool; when pressure at Pil increases, and
reaches the selected setting, it displaces the pilot piston and exhausts to tank the spring
side of the main spool allowing it to shift and to open the flow unloading path from P to T.
Back-pressure at T is additive to the unloading setting of the valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting P-T Pil
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 03 G 1/2 G 1/4
05 10-50 (145-725) 12 (174) 50 (725) 04 G 3/4 G 1/4
10 20-100 (290-1450) 24 (348) 100 (1450)

20 50-200 (725-2900) 47 (682) 200 (2900)

35 100-300 (1450-4350) 83 (1204) 300 (4350)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


246
PILOT OPERATED UNLOADING

BM-N 05.93.04 - X - 05 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating pressure: up to 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow: 250 l/min (66 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Weight: 2.41 kg (5.3 lbs)


This valve unloads a pump or a pressure line to tank when a pilot pressure is reached. Flow
from P to T is normally blocked by the main spool; when pressure at Pil increases, and
reaches the selected setting, it displaces the pilot piston and exhausts to tank the spring
side of the main spool allowing it to shift and to open the flow unloading path from P to T.
Back-pressure at T is additive to the unloading setting of the valve.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting P-T Pil
range bar bar/turn bar (psi)
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 05 G1 G 1/4
05 10-50 (145-725) 12 (174) 50 (725)

10 20-100 (290-1450) 24 (348) 100 (1450)

20 50-200 (725-2900) 47 (682) 200 (2900)

35 100-300 (1450-4350) 83 (1204) 300 (4350)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


247
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

PUMP UNLOADING

VEP-VSP2 05.90.06 - X - Y - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
P1 = 100 bar (1450 psi)
P2 = 210 bar (3000 psi)

Max flow of valve 2 : 30 l/min (8 gpm)

Aluminium body
NOTE: aluminium bodies are often strong enough for operating
pressures exceeding 210 bar (3000 psi), depending from the
fatigue life expected in the specific application. If in doubt,
consult our Service Network.

Through the check valve, the pump inlet P1 is combined to the inlet P2 to give maximum Weigth: 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs)
flow out of C at low pressure. As load pressure (C) increases and reaches the selected
unloading setting, the pilot piston (1) is displaced and exhausts to tank the spring chamber
of the main spool allowing P1 pump to be by-passed to tank. Above this pressure
threshold, only P2 pump continues to deliver oil out of C, with a resulting reduced flow
at high pressure. The incorporated relief cartridge (2) provides protection by limiting the
maximum pressure in the system line (C).

X ADJUSTMENTS

1
03 Leakproof hex. socket screw
2

Tamper resistant cap


code 11.04.23.003

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour P1 - P2 - C - T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min 04 G 3/4
Valve 1 20-100 (290-1450) 24 (348) 50 (725) 03.51.01.076 blue
20
Valve 2 50-210 (725-3000) 47 (682) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.075 green

Valve 1 20-100 (290-1450) 24 (348) 50 (725) 03.51.01.076 blue


35
Valve 2 100-350(1450-5000) 82 (1189) 300 (4350) 03.51.01.059 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


248
AUTOMATIC DIRECTIONAL

VDA-N-F6 05.90.14 - X - 29 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Pump flow: at least 3 l/min (0.8 gpm)

Cast iron body

Weigth: 1.42 kg (3.1 lbs)

The shifting pressure level can be different for line A and


line B; it is adjusted separately by adjusting each one of
the two port relief valves. For correct operation, the main
relief valve of the system must be pressure set at least
15% higher than the highest of the 2 shifting pressures.
It is a directional valve which generates continuous reciprocating motion of a double acting
actuator, with no need of external controls. It delivers the pump flow to port A (or B), and NOTE: Upon starting, the initial direction of motion is
opens to tank port B (or A), until A (or B) pressure increases and opens the related small undetermined: oil can start out of A or B depending only
relief valve; the relieved oil shifts the position of the 3/2 pilot spool, and, consequently, the from the configuration in which the pump was previously
line pressure P pilots the main 4/2 spool to the opposite position; the oil flow is diverted to stopped. Initial oil flow out of A or out of B as desired can
the other outlet port B (or A) and the port previously supplied becomes open to tank: the be selected manually before starting by pushing inside
motion is reversed. Shifting takes place whenever the load increases up to the selected one of the two 5.0 mm dia. manual reactivation accesses
pressure relief setting, and the cycle is repeated automatically and indefinitely as long as the (E); this will position at one end the 3/2 pilot spool.
pump continues to run.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour A-B-P-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min CETOP 3 (F6)
10 15-100 (218-1450) 25 (363) 100 (1450) 03.51.01.120 blue

20 50-210 (725-3000) 50 (725) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.121 green

35 100-350 (1450-5000) 100 (1450) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.122 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


249
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

AUTOMATIC DIRECTIONAL

VDA-N-F10 05.90.14 - X - 43 - Z

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Pump flow: at least 3 l/min (0.8 gpm)

Cast iron body

Weigth: 2.4 kg (5.2 lbs)

The shifting pressure level can be different for line A and


line B; it is adjusted separately by adjusting each one of
the two port relief valves. For correct operation, the main
relief valve of the system must be pressure set at least
15% higher than the highest of the 2 shifting pressures.
It is a directional valve which generates continuous reciprocating motion of a double acting
actuator, with no need of external controls. It delivers the pump flow to port A (or B), and NOTE: Upon starting, the initial direction of motion is
opens to tank port B (or A), until A (or B) pressure increases and opens the related small undetermined: oil can start out of A or B depending only
relief valve; the relieved oil shifts the position of the 3/2 pilot spool, and, consequently, the from the configuration in which the pump was previously
line pressure P pilots the main 4/2 spool to the opposite position; the oil flow is diverted to stopped. Initial oil flow out of A or out of B as desired can
the other outlet port B (or A) and the port previously supplied becomes open to tank: the be selected manually before starting by pushing into one
motion is reversed. Shifting takes place whenever the load increases up to the selected of the two 5.0 mm dia. manual reactivation accesses (E);
pressure relief setting and the cycle is repeated automatically and indefinitely as long as the this will position at one end the 3/2 pilot spool.
pump continues to run.

X ADJUSTMENTS

03 Leakproof hex. socket screw

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Z Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour A-B-P-T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min CETOP 5 (F10)
10 15-100 (218-1450) 25 (363) 100 (1450) 03.51.01.120 blue

20 50-210 (725-3000) 50 (725) 200 (2900) 03.51.01.121 green

35 100-350 (1450-5000) 100 (1450) 350 (5000) 03.51.01.122 yellow

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


250
AUTOMATIC DIRECTIONAL

VDA-F10 08.90.66.03 - Y

TECHNICAL DATA

Max. operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Flow range: 8-80 l/min (2-21 gpm)

Cast iron body

Weigth: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)

Good and stable shifting from P → A into P → B


requires that some oil returns back from port A as
flow stops and A opens toward Tank: as a practical
It is a directional valve which generates continuous reciprocating motion of a double acting actuator, rule, please ensure that line A includes a portion of
with no need of external controls. When flow starts into P, the control spool opens wider P to A flexible hose at least 500 mm long to provide some
(and B to Tank); the Δp between P and A is employed to keep the spool in this wider open position. “accumulator effect”.
As load becomes excessive, or at end-stroke, the system relief valve opens, the oil is diverted to
tank, flow P to A stops and the Δp vanishes; now the combined action of the centering springs and
of the static pressure in hose A push back the spool, and make it shift to the other position. This For adjustment of the pressure setting of the system
opens P to B (and A to Tank) and the motion is reversed; the flow builds-up a Δp between P and B relief valve, the reciprocating function must be
which holds the spool in the new position. When the system relief valve opens again the flow stops, temporarily disabled: in order to lock the spool and
the Δp vanishes, and the spool shifts to its “normal” P to A position: a new cycle starts. prevent shifting, screw down the locking screw
available under the dome nut. This screw must
be turned back up to the initial position, once the
adjustment is finished.

NOTE: this valve is available with features different


from what here described; contact our Service
Network for the relevant information:
- Initial oil flow direction: P → B (instead of P → A).
- Separated tank channels (TA non-connected to TB)
for application on regenerative circuits.

PORT SIZE
Y
A-P-B-TA-TB
43 CETOP 5 (F10)

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


251
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

AUTOMATIC DIRECTIONAL,
REGENERATIVE FUNCTION

VCRE-VDA 07.06.2764

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 210 bar (3000 psi)

Flow range: 8-80 l/min (2-21 gpm)

Cast iron switching valve flange mounted on an


aluminium manifold.

Weight: 5.9 kg (13 lbs)

For good and stable shifting from P → A into P →


B please ensure that line A includes a portion of
flexible hose at least 500 mm long to provide some
“accumulator effect”.
This manifold combines the following functions (refer to the hydraulic scheme): For adjustment of the pressure setting of the system
I) automatic switching directional valve (4) which initially delivers oil flow from P to A, and goes relief valve (1), the reciprocating function must be
on by generating continuous reciprocating motion. “A” port is normally connected to cylinder rod temporarily disabled: in order to lock the spool and
side through A1. prevent shifting, screw down the locking screw
II) pressure sensitive regenerative mode for quicker cylinder extension at low pressure. The available under the dome nut. This screw must
regenerative mode vanishes as B1 pressure increases, pilots open valve 2 and allows the rod be turned back up to the initial position, once the
side (A1) oil to go to tank. Without regenerative mode, the cylinder extends slower but can
develop maximum force. adjustment is finished.
III) Protection of the complete system through the main relief valve (1).

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering Colour P-A1 T-B1 MA-MB
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) Q=5 l/min G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1/4
Valve 1 80-250 (1150-3600) 27 (392) 180 (2600) 03.51.01.010 red

Valve 2 60-150 (870-2200) 25 (363) 130 (1900) 03.51.01.155 green

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


252
PURGE VALVE FOR HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION

A-VSL-R 08.64.05.00 - Y

TECHNICAL DATA
Max. operating pressure: 350 bar (5000 psi)

Exhaust flow capacity: 90 l/min (24 gpm) suitable for


use in transmission circuits up to 450 l/min (120 gpm),
if the re-newed oil needs to be at least 20% of the
maximum main flow.

Steel body

Weight: 3.6 kg (8 lbs)

Pressure setting of the purge relief valve (1): it can be


made through the threaded adjuster reachable after
The inlets A-A and B-B are connected to and crossed by the pressure lines of a closed loop unscrewing the outmost portion of the Tank hexagon
hydraulic transmission. As pressure rises in either line, the internally piloted 3-way/3-positions sleeve (refer to the SPRINGS table for details).
spool opens the lower pressure line to tank through the purge relief valve (1). This allows a
portion of the charge pump flow to be exhausted to tank after the oil has done its work, and By-pass screw (2): it can be opened if the transmission
allows an identical volume of fresh oil to get into the closed loop system. When the directional motor or pump need to be rotated when the machine
control (and the motion) is reversed, the spool switches in the opposite direction, maintaining is not in operation; normally, the by-pass must be
hot oil exhaust. A closed by-pass (2) is fitted between ports A and B: if opened it allows to locked down and stay closed for correct performance
rotate the motor without hydraulic power, for example if the machine needs towing. of the transmission.

SPRINGS PORT SIZE


Y
Adj. press. Pres. increase Std. setting Ordering A-B T
range bar bar/turn bar (psi) code
(psi) (psi/turn) cracking press. 05 G1 G 1/2
5-25 (75-365) 6 (87) 12 (175) 03.51.01.015

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


253
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


254
TECHNICAL DATA

HYDRAULIC FLUID
General properties: it must have physical lubricating and chemical properties suitable for use in hydraulic systems such
as, for example:
- MINERAL OIL BASED HYDRAULIC FLUIDS HL
(DIN 51524 part 1)
- MINERAL OIL BASED HYDRAULIC FLUIDS HLP
(DIN 51524 part 2).
For use of environmentally acceptable fluids (vegetable or polyglycol base) please consult BROC.
Viscosity class: according to ISO-DIN, it is expressed by the ISO-VG number which indicates the average kinematic
viscosity at 40°C (104°F) – mm2/s or centistokes –cSt-

Test conditions: the main performance curves and specifications shown in this catalogue are obtained using mineral
based fluid ISO VG 46, with a cleanliness class of 19/17/14 - 20/18/15 ISO 4406 (8-9 NAS 1638), at a temperature of
30/40°C (86/104°F). More detailed technical characteristics are available at BROC.

Fluid temperature range: the valves are designed for fluids at a temperature between -30°C and +100°C (-22°F and
+212°F). For temperatures outside this range, consult BROC.

Internal leakage: most BROC valves have a leak proof seat design, but there are different families of valves each
providing a different level of sealing depending on the type and number of the poppets; the leakage features of each valve
type must be selected in order to suit the application.
The table A (see next page) shows the AVERAGE LEAKAGE for various valve families; the readings are achieved in the
specified test conditions, and are measured in cm3/min or drops/min.
The ratio between them is:
1 cm3/min (0.06 in3/min) = 15-20 drops/min.
For pressure relief valves the leakage is indicated at re-seating conditions, identified as X% of pressure relief setting.

CLEANLINESS (see table B on next page)


General information: the cause of malfunctions in hydraulic systems and components is often found to be excessive
fluid contamination. The hard contaminant particles in the fluid wear the hydraulic components and prevent the poppets
from re-seating, with consequent internal leakage and system inefficiency. For the correct operation of BROC valves it is
necessary to ensure a fluid cleanliness class at least 21/19/16 ISO-4406, or 10/11 NAS-1638, unless otherwise specified
in the relevant technical sheet.

Filtration ratio (βx): characteristic of each type of filter, it’s the ratio between the number of particles before and after the
filter with diameter larger than X micron.

Absolute filtration rating (ISO 4572): the diameter X of the largest particles with βx ≥ 75.

Contamination class ISO 4406: expressed by three numbers respectively representing the number of particles larger
than 2 μm, larger than 5 μm and larger than 15 μm contained in 1 ml of fluid.

Contamination class NAS 1638: expressed by one number representing the number of particles of different size ranges
contained in 100 ml of fluid.

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


255
液压品牌之家论坛 www.yeya-home.com

TECHNICAL DATA

19/17/14

20/18/15

21/19/16

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


256
TECHNICAL DATA

PRESSURE SETTING: BROC valves are supplied pre-set at the standard pressure setting shown by the relevant
catalog sheet. Whenever the application requires a re-adjustment, please ensure that the limits of the indicated pressure
range are never exceeded.

SEALING OF VALVE ADJUSTERS: plastic sealing caps are available for most cartridge valves.
The cartridges can be purchased Factory sealed.

INSTALLATION OF CARTRIDGE VALVES:


Procedure to be followed for correct installation of the cartridge valves in their cavities:
- ensure that seals and back-up rings are flawless and correctly installed;
- check that both the cartridge and the cavity are clean, without contamination;
- dip the cartridge in clean oil;
- insert the cartridge into the cavity and screw it in by hand, until you begin to compress the top o-ring
- tighten with a calibrated torque wrench up to the specifications shown in the catalogue.

STORAGE OF NEW VALVES:


the valves shall not be exposed to direct sun light nor to sources of heat or ozone (like electric motors running), and should
be stored in their original, protective wrapping at a temperature between -20°C and +50°C (-4°F and +122°F).

Bosch Rexroth Oil Control S.p.a RE 00171/02.07


257

You might also like